acsize (3G) - specify the number of bitplanes per color component in the accumulation buffer
add (6D) - add two images together
addborder (6D) - surround an input image with a border image
addclient (1M) - allow remote printing clients to connect
adddefpriv (1M) - add a default system administration privilege to the system
addexportsentry (1M) - add an entry into /etc/exports file.
addframe (6D) - add a border to an image
addfstabentry (1M) - add a filesystem entry into the /etc/fstab file.
addhost (1M) - add and modify an entry in the host file.
addLocalFileSwap (1M) - adds swap space from a local filesystem
addModem (1M) - add a modem to the system
addnoise (6D) - add noise to an image
addpppin (1M) - add a PPP incoming entry.
addpppout (1M) - add a PPP outgoing entry.
addpriv (1M) - add a privilege to the system administration privilege database
addprivuser (1M) - give a user all system administration privileges
addSerialDevice (1M) - add a serial device to the system
addsev (3C) - define additional severities
addseverity (3C) - build a list of severity levels for an application for use with fmtmsg
addtop (3G) - adds items to an existing pop-up menu
addtopup (3G) - adds items to an existing pop-up menu
addUserAccount (1M) - add a user account to the system
addVirtualSwap (1M) - adds virtual swap space
Add_disk (1) - add an optional disk to the system
adjmsg (D3) - trim bytes from a message
adjtime (2) - correct the time to allow synchronization of the system clock
ADJUSTL (3I) - Adjusts a character string to the left
ADJUSTR (3I) - Adjusts a character string to the right
admin (1) - create and administer SCCS files
afCloseFile (3dm) - close an audio file, update file header if file was opened for write access.
afFreeFileSetup (3dm) - deallocates an AFfilesetup structure
afGetAESChannelData, afSetAESChannelData (3dm) - get/set AES channel status information in an AFfilehandle structure for an audio track
afGetChannels, afGetVirtualChannels (3dm) - get the number of interleaved track / virtual channels from an AFfilehandle structure for an audio track
afGetCompression, afGetCompressionParams (3dm) - get the compression type and parameters for an audio track from an AFfilehandle structure
afGetFD (3dm) - get the Unix file descriptor for the file associated with an AFfilehandle structure
afGetFormatParams (3dm) - get the audio data format in an AFfilehandle for a specified audio track via dmParams
afGetFrameCount, AFgetframecnt, afGetTrackBytes, afGetDataOffset (3dm) - get the total sample frame count / data bytes / data offset for a specified audio track from an AFfilehandle structure
afGetFrameSize, afGetVirtualFrameSize (3dm) - get the track / virtual frame size in bytes for a specified audio track from an AFfilehandle structure
afGetInstIDs (3dm) - get a list of instrument configurations from an AFfilehandle
afGetInstParams, afSetInstParams, afGetInstParamLong, afSetInstParamLong (3dm) - get / set a parameter list / long parameter value for an instrument configuration in an AFfilehandle structure
afGetLoopIDs (3dm) - get a number and list of loop ID's for an instrument configuration
afGetLoopStart, afGetLoopEnd, afGetLoopTrack, afGetLoopMode (3dm) - get the start/end markers, play mode, and track from an AFfilehandle structure for a specified loop.
afGetLoopStartFrame, afGetLoopEndFrame, afGetLoopCount (3dm) - get the start/end frame and loop count from an AFfilehandle structure for a specified loop.
afGetMarkIDs (3dm) - get the number and list of marker ID's for an audio track
afGetMarkName, afGetMarkComment (3dm) - get the name or comment string for a given marker id in an audio track
afGetMarkPosition, AFgetmarkpos, afSetMarkPosition, AFsetmarkpos (3dm) - get/set the position of a marker in an audio track
afGetMiscIDs, afGetMiscType, afGetMiscSize (3dm) - get number and list of miscellaneous chunk ID's for a file, get the data type and size for a miscellaneous data chunk.
afGetPCMMapping, afGetVirtualPCMMapping (3dm) - get the track / virtual PCM mapping values for a specified audio track from an AFfilehandle structure
afGetRate, afGetVirtualRate (3dm) - get the track/virtual sample rate for a specified audio track from an AFfilehandle structure
afGetSampleFormat, AFgetsampfmt, afGetVirtualSampleFormat, afGetByteOrder, afGetVirtualByteOrder (3dm) - get the track / virtual sample format or byte order for a specified audio track from an AFfilehandle structure.
afGetTrackIDs (3dm) - get the list of track descriptor id's for the given AFfilehandle
afIdentifyFD, afIdentifyNamedFD, afGetFileFormat, AFgetfilefmt (3dm) - retrieve the audio file format of a file descriptor / open AFfilehandle
afInitAESChannelData, afInitAESChannelDataTo (3dm) - set a flag in an AFfilesetup so that storage space for AES channel status data is reserved in / removed from a file.
afInitCompression, afInitCompressionParams, afAware (3dm) - configure the audio compression type and parameters in an AFfilesetup structure for an audio track
afInitDataOffset, afInitFrameCount (3dm) - initialize the audio data byte offset / frame count in an AFfilesetup for a specified raw-format audio track
afInitFileFormat, AFinitfilefmt (3dm) - initialize the audio file format type in an AFfilesetup structure
afInitFormatParams (3dm) - initialize the audio data format in an AFfilesetup for a specified audio track via dmParams
afInitInstIDs (3dm) - specify a list of instrument parameter chunk identifiers to be stored in an AFfilesetup structure.
afInitLoopIDs (3dm) - initialize a list of loop ID's for a given instrument in an AFfilesetup structure
afInitMarkIDs (3dm) - specify a list of marker ID's for a new audio file in an AFfilesetup structure
afInitMarkName, afInitMarkComment (3dm) - initialize the name/comment for a specified marker in an AFfilesetup structure
afInitMiscIDs, afInitMiscType, afInitMiscSize (3dm) - initialize the list of miscellaneous data chunk ID's in an AFfilesetup file configuration structure, initialize the chunk type and number of data bytes for a given miscellaneous chunk.
afInitPCMMapping (3dm) - configure the PCM mapping for an audio track in an AFfilesetup structure
afInitSampleFormat, AFinitsampfmt, afInitByteOrder, afInitChannels, afInitRate (3dm) - initialize the audio data format in an AFfilesetup for a specified audio track
afInitTrackIDs (3dm) - initialize the list of audio track identifiers in an AFfilesetup structure.
afIntro, AFintro (3dm) - Introduction to the Silicon Graphics Audio File Library (AF)
afNewFileSetup (3dm) - create and initialize an AFfilesetup structure
afOpenFile, afOpenFD, afOpenNamedFD (3dm) - allocate an AFfilehandle structure for an audio file identified by name / by a Unix file descriptor
afQuery, afQueryLong, afQueryDouble, afQueryPointer (3dm) - retrieve static parameters associated with the Audio File Library formats
afReadFrames (3dm) - read sample frames from a specified audio track in an audio file
afReadMisc, afWriteMisc, afSeekMisc (3dm) - read from / write to / move logical read/write pointer for data in a miscellaneous chunk in an audio file
afSaveFilePosition, afRestoreFilePosition (3dm) - save and retrieve logical audio sample read pointer
afSeekFrame, afTellFrame (3dm) - move logical file read pointer for a specified audio track to a desired sample frame location / retrieve current value of file read or write pointer.
afSetChannelMatrix (3dm) - set the channel mix matrix associated with a given track in an AFfilehandle
afSetConversionParams, afGetConversionParams (3dm) - set/get the parameters associated with format conversion for a specified audio track via dmParams
afSetErrorHandler (3dm) - supply an alternate error reporting routine to the Audio File Library
afSetLoopStart, afSetLoopEnd, afSetLoopMode, afSetLoopTrack (3dm) - set the start/end markers, play mode, and track in an AFfilehandle structure for a specified loop.
afSetLoopStartFrame, afSetLoopEndFrame, afSetLoopCount (3dm) - set the start/end frame and loop count from an AFfilehandle structure for a specified loop.
afSetTrackPCMMapping (3dm) - override the current PCM mapping values associated with a given track in an AFfilehandle
afSetVirtualFormatParams, afGetVirtualFormatParams (3dm) - set/get the virtual audio data format in an AFfilehandle for a specified audio track via dmParams
afSetVirtualSampleFormat, afSetVirtualByteOrder, afSetVirtualChannels, afSetVirtualRate, afSetVirtualPCMMapping (3dm) - set the virtual data format for a specified audio track
afSyncFile (3dm) - write out a consistent snapshot of an audio file without actually closing the file
after (3Tk) - Execute a command after a time delay
afunct (3G) - specify alpha test function
afunction (3G) - specify alpha test function
afWriteFrames (3dm) - write audio sample frames to a specified track in an audio file
aifc2aiff (1) - convert an AIFF-C file to an AIFF file
aifccompress (1) - compress the audio data in an AIFF-C file
aifcdecompress (1) - decompress the audio data in an AIFF-C file
aifcinfo (1) - describes contents of AIFF-C or AIFF file
aifcresample (1) - perform sampling rate conversion on an AIFF-C file
aiff, aiff-c, aifc (4) - Audio Interchange File Format
aiff2aifc (1) - convert an AIFF file to an AIFF-C file
AIMAG, IMAG, DIMAG, QIMAG (3I) - Returns imaginary part of a complex number
ainfo (1) - display array information
AINT, DINT, QINT (3I) - Performs truncation to integer
aio_cancel, aio_cancel64 (3) - cancel an asynchronous I/O request
aio_error, aio_error64 (3) - return error status of an asynchronous I/O operation
aio_fsync, aio_fsync64 (3) - asynchronously synchronize a file's in-memory state with that on the physical medium
aio_hold, aio_hold64 (3) - Defer or resume reception of asynchronous I/O callbacks
aio_init (3) - asynchronous I/O initialization
aio_read, aio_read64 (3) - asynchronous I/O read
aio_return, aio_return64 (3) - return error status of an asynchronous I/O operation
atsproc_child, atsproc_parent, atsproc_pre (3C) - add sproc pre and post interception routines
atstat (1) - dump the AppleTalk tables and statistics
attach (3G) - attaches the cursor to two valuators
attachcursor (3G) - attaches the cursor to two valuators
attr (1) - manipulate Extended Attributes on filesystem objects
attrinit (1M) - Set file attributes
attrs (3) - set/get attributes of a subroutine
attr_get, attr_getf (2) - get the value of a user attribute of a filesystem object
attr_list, attr_listf (2) - list the names of the user attributes of a filesystem object
attr_multi, attr_multif (2) - manipulate multiple user attributes on a filesystem object at once
attr_remove, attr_removef (2) - remove a user attribute of a filesystem object
attr_set, attr_setf (2) - set the value of a user attribute of a filesystem object
at_log (5) - list of errors by users of K-Talk library routines
AUchecklicense (3dm) - checks for a given audio compression license
audio (1) - Introduction to audio facilities
audiopanel (1) - control panel for Audio Hardware: input and output levels, rates, sources and syncs
audiostate (1) - simple audio hardware state display tool
audit (1M) - system audit trail startup and shutdown script
audit_filters (5) - using filter programs with the audit facility
AUpvlist, AUpvnew, AUpvfree, AUpvgetmaxitems, AUpvsetvaltype, AUpvsetparam, AUpvsetval, AUpvgetvaltype, AUpvgetparam, AUpvgetval (3dm) - Audio File parameter value list data type
barrier, shmem_barrier_all (3) - Registers the arrival of a processing element (PE) at a barrier and suspends PE execution until all other PEs arrive at the barrier
base (3) - Establish IS-A relationship with base class at compile time
basename (3G) - return the last element of a pathname
basename, dirname (1) - deliver portions of pathnames
bbox2, bbox2i, bbox2s (3G) - culls and prunes to bounding box and minimum pixel radius
bc (1) - An arbitrary precision calculator language
bcanput (D3) - test for flow control in a specified priority band
bcopy (D3) - copy data between address locations in the kernel
bcopy, bcmp, blkclr, bzero, ffs (3C) - bit and byte string operations
BCsource (5) - archive of bc and dc sources
bdftopcf (1) - convert X font from Bitmap Distribution Format to Portable Compiled Format
bdiff (1) - big diff
bell (3Tk) - Ring a display's bell
Benchmark (3) - benchmark running times of code
bfs (1) - big file scanner
bg (1) - run jobs in the background
bgets (3G) - read stream up to next delimiter
bgicons (1) - maintain icons on the desktop background
bgnclo, endclo (3G) - delimit the vertices of a closed line
bgnclosedline, endclosedline (3G) - delimit the vertices of a closed line
bgncur, endcur (3G) - delimit a NURBS curve definition
bgncurve, endcurve (3G) - delimit a NURBS curve definition
bgnlin, endlin (3G) - delimit the vertices of a line
bgnline, endline (3G) - delimit the vertices of a line
bgnpoi, endpoi (3G) - delimit the interpretation of vertex routines as points
bgnpoint, endpoint (3G) - delimit the interpretation of vertex routines as points
bgnpol, endpol (3G) - delimit the vertices of a polygon
bgnpolygon, endpolygon (3G) - delimit the vertices of a polygon
bgnqst, endqst (3G) - delimit the vertices of a quadrilateral strip
bgnqstrip, endqstrip (3G) - delimit the vertices of a quadrilateral strip
bgnsur, endsur (3G) - delimit a NURBS surface definition
bgnsurface, endsurface (3G) - delimit a NURBS surface definition
bgntme, endtme (3G) - delimit the vertices of a triangle mesh
bgntmesh, endtmesh (3G) - delimit the vertices of a triangle mesh
bgntri, endtri (3G) - delimit a NURBS surface trimming loop
bgntrim, endtrim (3G) - delimit a NURBS surface trimming loop
bgpaste (6D) - paste an image onto the root window
BICSF, IRCAM (4) - Berkeley/IRCAM/CARL Sound File Format
bind (2) - bind a name to a socket
bind (3N) - bind a name to a socket
bind (3Tk) - Arrange for X events to invoke Tcl scripts
bindkey (1) - function key binding facility for use with xwsh(1G)
bindtags (3Tk) - Determine which bindings apply to a window, and order of evaluation
biodone (D3) - release buffer after block I/O and wakeup processes
bioerror (D3) - manipulate error fields within a buffer header
biowait (D3) - suspend processes pending completion of block I/O
bison (1) - GNU Project parser generator (yacc replacement)
bitmap (3Tk) - Images that display two colors
bitmap, bmtoa, atobm (1) - bitmap editor and converter utilities for the X Window System
BIT_SIZE (3I) - Returns the number of bits in an integer in the bit manipulation model
bptophys (D3X) - get physical address of buffer data
bp_mapin (D3) - allocate virtual address space for buffer page list
bp_mapout (D3) - deallocate virtual address space for buffer page list
brc, bcheckrc (1M) - system initialization procedures
break (3Tcl) - Abort looping command
brelse (D3) - return a buffer to the system's free list
brk, sbrk (2) - change data segment space allocation
bru (1) - backup and restore utility
bsdinst (1) - install, using BSD-style arguments
bsearch (3C) - binary search a sorted table
bsh, jsh (1) - shell, the standard/job control command programming language
bstream (1) - many buffered filter
BTEST, BITEST, BJTEST, BKTEST (3I) - Tests a bit of an integer value
btod (D3X) - convert from bytes to disk sectors
btop (D3) - convert size in bytes to size in pages (round down)
btopr (D3) - convert size in bytes to size in pages (round up)
btree (3) - btree database access method
btree (6D) - display an image using a binary tree ordering.
buf (D4) - block I/O data transfer structure
bufcall (D3) - call a function when a buffer becomes available
bufsplit (3G) - split buffer into fields
bufview (1) - file system buffer cache activity monitor
buildppd (1M) - build a PPD file for a printer
build_cmgr_script (1M) - Builds cmgr script from cluster database.
Bundle::CPAN (3) - A bundle to play with all the other modules on CPAN
button (3Tk) - Create and manipulate button widgets
bzero (D3) - clear memory for a given number of bytes
c2ph, pstruct (1) - Dump C structures as generated from cc -g -S stabs
c3f, c3i, c3s, c4f, c4i, c4s (3G) - sets the RGB (or RGBA) values for the current color vector
cachectl (2) - mark pages cacheable or uncacheable
cached (1M) - monitor single bit secondary cache errors.
cacheflush, _flush_cache (2) - flush contents of instruction and/or data cache
cachefs (4) - Cache File System Description
cal (1) - print calendar
calendar (1) - reminder service
callfunc (3G) - calls a function from within an object
callob (3G) - draws an instance of an object
callobj (3G) - draws an instance of an object
canonhost (1M) - canonicalize hostnames
canput (D3) - test for room in a message queue
canvas (3Tk) - Create and manipulate canvas widgets
capabilities (4) - capability mechanism
capability (4) - user capability database
capitem (1) - look up an item in a printcap entry
captoinfo (1M) - convert a termcap description into a terminfo description
capture (1) - record movies, images, or sounds
cap_acquire, cap_surrender (3C) - make permitted set capabilities effective or remove effective capabilities
cap_bind (3N) - bind a privileged name to a socket
cap_clear (3C) - clear the fields of a capability
cap_copy_ext, cap_copy_int (3C) - copy capability from system to user space or from user to system space
cap_dup (3C) - make a copy of a capability
cap_envl, cap_envp (3C) - ensure sufficient process privilege
cap_free (3C) - free allocated capability
cap_from_text, cap_to_text, cap_value_to_text (3C) - convert a POSIX capabilities string to internal form, convert capabilities to a POSIX capabilities string, or return the POSIX name for a capability value
cap_get_fd, cap_set_fd (3C) - get or set the capabilities for an open file
cap_get_file, cap_set_file (3C) - get or set the capabilities for a pathname
cap_get_flag, cap_set_flag (3C) - get or set the value of a capability flag in a capability
cap_get_proc, cap_set_proc, cap_set_proc_flags (3C) - get or set process capabilities
cap_init (3C) - allocate a capability stucture
cap_network_ioctl (3N) - execute an I/O control operation with privilege
cap_schedctl (3N) - alter scheduling parameters
cap_size (3C) - return the size of an capability
cap_socket (3N) - create a socket with privilege
carp (3) - warn of errors (from perspective of caller)
case (3Tcl) - Evaluate one of several scripts, depending on a given value
cat (1) - concatenate and print files
catch (3Tcl) - Evaluate script and trap exceptional returns
caterr (1) - processes message text files
catgetmsg (3C) - reads a message from a message catalog
catgets (3C) - read a program message
catmsgfmt (3C) - formats an error message
catopen, catclose (3C) - open/close a message catalogue
cb (1) - C program beautifier
CBDSQR (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real N-by-N (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix B
cbeutil (1m) - CDB back-end database utility tool
cc, c89, CC (1) - Invokes the MIPS C, MIPSpro C, or MIPSpro C++ compiler
CCFFT, ZZFFT (3S) - Applies a complex-to-complex Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
CCFFT2D, ZZFFT2D (3S) - Applies a two-dimensional complex-to-complex Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
CCFFT3D, ZZFFT3D (3S) - Applies a three-dimensional complex-to-complex Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
CCFFTF, CCFFTMF, CCFFTMRF, CCFFT2DF, CCFFT3DF, ZZFFTF, ZZFFTMF, ZZFFTMRF, ZZFFT2DF, ZZFFT3DF (3S) - Deallocate memory tacked on to the table array during initialization
cfly (3pf) - OpenGL Performer scene viewer for PC clusters
cfsadmin (1M) - administer disk space used for caching file systems with the Cache File-System (CacheFS)
cfsstat (1M) - display Network File System statistics
cftime (4) - language specific strings
CGBBRD (3S) - reduce a complex general m-by-n band matrix A to real upper bidiagonal form B by a unitary transformation
CGBCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex general band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm,
CGBEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M- by-N band matrix A and reduce its condition number
CGBRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CGBSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is a band matrix of order N with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
CGBSVX (3S) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
CGBTF2 (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a complex m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
CGBTRF (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a complex m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
CGBTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B with a general band matrix A using the LU factorization computed by CGBTRF
CGEBAK (3S) - form the right or left eigenvectors of a complex general matrix by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the balanced matrix output by CGEBAL
CGEBAL (3S) - balance a general complex matrix A
CGEBD2 (3S) - reduce a complex general m by n matrix A to upper or lower real bidiagonal form B by a unitary transformation
CGEBRD (3S) - reduce a general complex M-by-N matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form B by a unitary transformation
CGECON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a general complex matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm, using the LU factorization computed by CGETRF
CGEEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M- by-N matrix A and reduce its condition number
CGEES (3S) - compute for an N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues, the Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of Schur vectors Z
CGEESX (3S) - compute for an N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues, the Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of Schur vectors Z
CGEEV (3S) - compute for an N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors
CGEEVX (3S) - compute for an N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors
CGEGS (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine CGGES
CGEGV (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine CGGEV
CGEHD2 (3S) - reduce a complex general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by a unitary similarity transformation
CGEHRD (3S) - reduce a complex general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by a unitary similarity transformation
CGELQ2 (3S) - compute an LQ factorization of a complex m by n matrix A
CGELQF (3S) - compute an LQ factorization of a complex M-by-N matrix A
CGELS (3S) - solve overdetermined or underdetermined complex linear systems involving an M-by-N matrix A, or its conjugate-transpose, using a QR or LQ factorization of A
CGELSD (3S) - compute the minimum-norm solution to a real linear least squares problem
CGELSS (3S) - compute the minimum norm solution to a complex linear least squares problem
CGELSX (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine CGELSY
CGELSY (3S) - compute the minimum-norm solution to a complex linear least squares problem
CGEMM3M, ZGEMM3M (3S) - Multiplies a complex general matrix by a complex general matrix
CGEQL2 (3S) - compute a QL factorization of a complex m by n matrix A
CGEQLF (3S) - compute a QL factorization of a complex M-by-N matrix A
CGEQP3 (3S) - compute a QR factorization with column pivoting of a matrix A
CGEQPF (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine CGEQP3
CGEQR2 (3S) - compute a QR factorization of a complex m by n matrix A
CGEQRF (3S) - compute a QR factorization of a complex M-by-N matrix A
CGERFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CGERQ2 (3S) - compute an RQ factorization of a complex m by n matrix A
CGERQF (3S) - compute an RQ factorization of a complex M-by-N matrix A
CGESC2 (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = scale* RHS with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization with complete pivoting computed by CGETC2
CGESDD (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a complex M- by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and/or right singular vectors, by using divide-and-conquer method
CGESV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CGESVD (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a complex M- by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and/or right singular vectors
CGESVX (3S) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CGETC2 (3S) - compute an LU factorization, using complete pivoting, of the n- by-n matrix A
CGETF2 (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a general m-by-n matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
CGETRF (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a general M-by-N matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
CGETRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a matrix using the LU factorization computed by CGETRF
CGETRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization computed by CGETRF
CGGBAK (3S) - form the right or left eigenvectors of a complex generalized eigenvalue problem A*x = lambda*B*x, by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the balanced pair of matrices output by CGGBAL
CGGBAL (3S) - balance a pair of general complex matrices (A,B)
CGGES (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrices (A,B), the generalized eigenvalues, the generalized complex Schur form (S, T), and optionally left and/or right Schur vectors (VSL and VSR)
CGGESX (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrices (A,B), the generalized eigenvalues, the complex Schur form (S,T),
CGGEV (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrices (A,B), the generalized eigenvalues, and optionally, the left and/or right generalized eigenvectors
CGGEVX (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrices (A,B) the generalized eigenvalues, and optionally, the left and/or right generalized eigenvectors
CGGGLM (3S) - solve a general Gauss-Markov linear model (GLM) problem
CGGHRD (3S) - reduce a pair of complex matrices (A,B) to generalized upper Hessenberg form using unitary transformations, where A is a general matrix and B is upper triangular
CGGLSE (3S) - solve the linear equality-constrained least squares (LSE) problem
CGGQRF (3S) - compute a generalized QR factorization of an N-by-M matrix A and an N-by-P matrix B
CGGRQF (3S) - compute a generalized RQ factorization of an M-by-N matrix A and a P-by-N matrix B
CGGSVD (3S) - compute the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of an M-by-N complex matrix A and P-by-N complex matrix B
CGGSVP (3S) - compute unitary matrices U, V and Q such that N-K-L K L U'*A*Q = K ( 0 A12 A13 ) if M-K-L >= 0
CGI (3) - Simple Common Gateway Interface Class
CGI::Apache (3) - Make things work with CGI.pm against Perl-Apache API
CGI::Carp (3) - CGI routines for writing to the HTTPD (or other) error log
CGI::Cookie (3) - Interface to Netscape Cookies
CGI::Fast (3) - CGI Interface for Fast CGI
CGI::Push (3) - Simple Interface to Server Push
CGI::Switch (3) - Try more than one constructors and return the first object available
cglue (6D) - create an rgb image out of 3 black and white images
CGTCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex tridiagonal matrix A using the LU factorization as computed by CGTTRF
CGTRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CGTSV (3S) - solve the equation A*X = B,
CGTSVX (3S) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
CGTTRF (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a complex tridiagonal matrix A using elimination with partial pivoting and row interchanges
CGTTRS (3S) - solve one of the systems of equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
CGTTS2 (3S) - solve one of the systems of equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
chacl (1) - change the access control list of a file or directory
chantab (4) - Channel-to-monitor database
CHAR, ICHAR (3I) - Converts integer to character and vice versa
charset (5) - description of the standard supported character set
charst, lchstr (3G) - draws a string of characters
charstr, lcharstr (3G) - draws a string of characters
CHBEV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian band matrix A
CHBEVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian band matrix A
CHBEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian band matrix A
CHBGST (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian-definite banded generalized eigenproblem A*x = lambda*B*x to standard form C*y = lambda*y,
CHBGV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
CHBGVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
CHBGVX (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
CHBMV, ZHBMV (3F) - Multiplies a complex vector by a complex Hermitian band matrix
CHBMV, ZHBMV (3S) - Multiplies a complex vector by a complex Hermitian band matrix
CHBTRD (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian band matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
chcap (1) - change file capability sets
chdir, fchdir (2) - change working directory
check (1) - check RCS status of a file
checkbutton (3Tk) - Create and manipulate checkbutton widgets
checkPassword (1M) - confirm a user password
checkpriv (1M) - check to see if the current user is privileged
check_abi_compliance (1) - check ABI compliance of an object file
check_abi_interface (1) - check ABI compliance of a library interface
check_for_syscalls (1) - check for embedded syscalls in an object file
CHECON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by CHETRF
CHEEV (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
CHEEVD (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
CHEEVR (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix T
CHEEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
CHEGS2 (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
CHEGST (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
CHEGV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
CHEGVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
CHEGVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
CHEMM, ZHEMM (3F) - Multiplies a complex general matrix by a complex Hermitian matrix
CHEMM, ZHEMM (3S) - Multiplies a complex general matrix by a complex Hermitian matrix
CHEMV, ZHEMV (3F) - Multiplies a complex vector by a complex Hermitian matrix
CHEMV, ZHEMV (3S) - Multiplies a complex vector by a complex Hermitian matrix
CHER, ZHER (3F) - Performs Hermitian rank 1 update of a complex Hermitian matrix
CHER, ZHER (3S) - Performs Hermitian rank 1 update of a complex Hermitian matrix
CHER2, ZHER2 (3F) - Performs Hermitian rank 2 update of a complex Hermitian matrix
CHER2, ZHER2 (3S) - Performs Hermitian rank 2 update of a complex Hermitian matrix
CHER2K, ZHER2K (3F) - Performs Hermitian rank 2k update of a complex Hermitian matrix
CHER2K, ZHER2K (3S) - Performs Hermitian rank 2k update of a complex Hermitian matrix
CHERFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian indefinite, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CHERK, ZHERK (3F) - Performs Hermitian rank k update of a complex Hermitian matrix
CHERK, ZHERK (3S) - Performs Hermitian rank k update of a complex Hermitian matrix
CHESV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CHESVX (3S) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CHETD2 (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
CHETF2 (3S) - compute the factorization of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CHETRD (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
CHETRF (3S) - compute the factorization of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CHETRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex Hermitian indefinite matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by CHETRF
CHETRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex Hermitian matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by CHETRF
CHGEQZ (3S) - implement a single-shift version of the QZ method for finding the generalized eigenvalues w(i)=ALPHA(i)/BETA(i) of the equation det( A (3S) - w(i) B ) = 0 If JOB='S', then the pair (A,B) is simultaneously reduced to Schur form (i.e., A and B are both upper triangular) by applying one unitary tranformation (usually called Q) on the left and another (usually called Z) on the right
chkconfig (1M) - configuration state checker
chkimprlicense (1) - check if an Impressario license is available for psrip(1)
chkutent (1M) - check and repair utmp entries
chlabel (1) - change the label of a file
chmod (1) - change the permissions mode of a file or directory
chmod (3F) - change mode of a file
chmod, fchmod (2) - change mode of file
chown, chgrp (1) - change owner or group
chown, fchown, lchown (2) - change owner and group of a file
CHPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex Hermitian packed matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by CHPTRF
CHPEV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix in packed storage
CHPEVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A in packed storage
CHPEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A in packed storage
CHPGST (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form, using packed storage
CHPGV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
CHPGVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
CHPGVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
CHPMV, ZHPMV (3F) - Multiplies a complex vector by a packed complex Hermitian matrix
CHPMV, ZHPMV (3S) - Multiplies a complex vector by a packed complex Hermitian matrix
CHPR, ZHPR (3F) - Performs Hermitian rank 1 update of a packed complex Hermitian matrix
CHPR, ZHPR (3S) - Performs Hermitian rank 1 update of a packed complex Hermitian matrix
CHPR2, ZHPR2 (3F) - Performs Hermitian rank 2 update of a packed complex Hermitian matrix
CHPR2, ZHPR2 (3S) - Performs Hermitian rank 2 update of a packed complex Hermitian matrix
CHPRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian indefinite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CHPSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CHPSVX (3S) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is an N-by-N Hermitian matrix stored in packed format and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
CHPTRD (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian matrix A stored in packed form to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
CHPTRF (3S) - compute the factorization of a complex Hermitian packed matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CHPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex Hermitian indefinite matrix A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by CHPTRF
CHPTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex Hermitian matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by CHPTRF
chroot (1M) - change root directory for a command
chroot (2) - change root directory
chrtbl (1M) - generate character classification and conversion tables
CHSEIN (3S) - use inverse iteration to find specified right and/or left eigenvectors of a complex upper Hessenberg matrix H
CHSEQR (3S) - compute the eigenvalues of a complex upper Hessenberg matrix H, and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition H = Z T Z**H, where T is an upper triangular matrix (the Schur form), and Z is the unitary matrix of Schur vectors
chunks (3G) - specifies minimum object size in memory
chunksize (3G) - specifies minimum object size in memory
ci (1) - check in RCS revisions
cidfontview (1) - Display PostScript CID font viewer
cidxfonts (1) - build X style font directory for CID-keyed fonts
circ, circi, circs (3G) - outlines a circle
circf, circfi, circfs (3G) - draws a filled circle
cksum (1) - display file checksums and block counts
cl (7M) - CrayLink Driver
CLABRD (3S) - reduce the first NB rows and columns of a complex general m by n matrix A to upper or lower real bidiagonal form by a unitary transformation Q' * A * P, and returns the matrices X and Y which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
CLACGV (3S) - conjugate a complex vector of length N
CLACON (3S) - estimate the 1-norm of a square, complex matrix A
CLACP2 (3S) - copie all or part of a real two-dimensional matrix A to a complex matrix B
CLACPY (3S) - copie all or part of a two-dimensional matrix A to another matrix B
CLACRM (3S) - perform a very simple matrix-matrix multiplication
CLACRT (3S) - perform the operation ( c s )( x ) ==> ( x ) ( -s c )( y ) ( y ) where c and s are complex and the vectors x and y are complex
clAddAlgorithm, clSetUnique, clGetUnique, clFetchParam, clStoreParam, clError (3dm) - Add a video or audio compression algorithm to the Compression Library
clAddParam, clSetDefault, clSetMin, clSetMax, clSetMinMax, clSetRange (3dm) - Add a video or audio compression parameter to the Compression Library
CLADIV (3S) - := X / Y, where X and Y are complex
CLAED0 (3S) - the divide and conquer method, CLAED0 computes all eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix which is one diagonal block of those from reducing a dense or band Hermitian matrix and corresponding eigenvectors of the dense or band matrix
CLAED7 (3S) - compute the updated eigensystem of a diagonal matrix after modification by a rank-one symmetric matrix
CLAED8 (3S) - merge the two sets of eigenvalues together into a single sorted set
CLAEIN (3S) - use inverse iteration to find a right or left eigenvector corresponding to the eigenvalue W of a complex upper Hessenberg matrix H
CLAESY (3S) - compute the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix ( ( A, B );( B, C ) ) provided the norm of the matrix of eigenvectors is larger than some threshold value
CLAEV2 (3S) - compute the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 Hermitian matrix [ A B ] [ CONJG(B) C ]
CLAGS2 (3S) - compute 2-by-2 unitary matrices U, V and Q, such that if ( UPPER ) then U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 A2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 A3 ) ( x x ) and V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 B2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 B3 ) ( x x ) or if ( .NOT.UPPER ) then U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( A2 A3 ) ( 0 x ) and V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( B2 B3 ) ( 0 x ) where U = ( CSU SNU ), V = ( CSV SNV ),
CLAGTM (3S) - perform a matrix-vector product of the form B := alpha * A * X + beta * B where A is a tridiagonal matrix of order N, B and X are N by NRHS matrices, and alpha and beta are real scalars, each of which may be 0., 1., or -1
CLAHEF (3S) - compute a partial factorization of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CLAHQR (3S) - i an auxiliary routine called by CHSEQR to update the eigenvalues and Schur decomposition already computed by CHSEQR, by dealing with the Hessenberg submatrix in rows and columns ILO to IHI
CLAHRD (3S) - reduce the first NB columns of a complex general n-by-(n-k+1) matrix A so that elements below the k-th subdiagonal are zero
CLAIC1 (3S) - applie one step of incremental condition estimation in its simplest version
CLALS0 (3S) - applie back the multiplying factors of either the left or the right singular vector matrix of a diagonal matrix appended by a row to the right hand side matrix B in solving the least squares problem using the divide-and-conquer SVD approach
CLALSA (3S) - i an itermediate step in solving the least squares problem by computing the SVD of the coefficient matrix in compact form (The singular vectors are computed as products of simple orthorgonal matrices.)
CLALSD (3S) - use the singular value decomposition of A to solve the least squares problem of finding X to minimize the Euclidean norm of each column of A*X-B, where A is N-by-N upper bidiagonal, and X and B are N- by-NRHS
CLANGB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n band matrix A, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals
CLANGE (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex matrix A
CLANGT (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex tridiagonal matrix A
CLANHB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n hermitian band matrix A, with k super-diagonals
CLANHE (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex hermitian matrix A
CLANHP (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex hermitian matrix A, supplied in packed form
CLANHS (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a Hessenberg matrix A
CLANHT (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex Hermitian tridiagonal matrix A
CLANSB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n symmetric band matrix A, with k super-diagonals
CLANSP (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex symmetric matrix A, supplied in packed form
CLANSY (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex symmetric matrix A
CLANTB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n triangular band matrix A, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals
CLANTP (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a triangular matrix A, supplied in packed form
CLANTR (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a trapezoidal or triangular matrix A
CLAPLL (3S) - two column vectors X and Y, let A = ( X Y )
CLAPMT (3S) - rearrange the columns of the M by N matrix X as specified by the permutation K(1),K(2),...,K(N) of the integers 1,...,N
CLAQGB (3S) - equilibrate a general M by N band matrix A with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
CLAQGE (3S) - equilibrate a general M by N matrix A using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
CLAQHB (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric band matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
CLAQHE (3S) - equilibrate a Hermitian matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
CLAQHP (3S) - equilibrate a Hermitian matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
CLAQP2 (3S) - compute a QR factorization with column pivoting of the block A(OFFSET+1:M,1:N)
CLAQPS (3S) - compute a step of QR factorization with column pivoting of a complex M-by-N matrix A by using Blas-3
CLAQSB (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric band matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
CLAQSP (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
CLAQSY (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
CLAR1V (3S) - compute the (scaled) r-th column of the inverse of the sumbmatrix in rows B1 through BN of the tridiagonal matrix L D L^T (3S) - sigma I
CLAR2V (3S) - applie a vector of complex plane rotations with real cosines from both sides to a sequence of 2-by-2 complex Hermitian matrices,
CLARCM (3S) - perform a very simple matrix-matrix multiplication
CLARF (3S) - applie a complex elementary reflector H to a complex M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
CLARFB (3S) - applie a complex block reflector H or its transpose H' to a complex M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
CLARFG (3S) - generate a complex elementary reflector H of order n, such that H' * ( alpha ) = ( beta ), H' * H = I
CLARFT (3S) - form the triangular factor T of a complex block reflector H of order n, which is defined as a product of k elementary reflectors
CLARFX (3S) - applie a complex elementary reflector H to a complex m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
CLARGV (3S) - generate a vector of complex plane rotations with real cosines, determined by elements of the complex vectors x and y
CLARNV (3S) - return a vector of n random complex numbers from a uniform or normal distribution
CLARRV (3S) - compute the eigenvectors of the tridiagonal matrix T = L D L^T given L, D and the eigenvalues of L D L^T
CLARTG (3S) - generate a plane rotation so that [ CS SN ] [ F ] [ R ] [ __ ]
CLARTV (3S) - applie a vector of complex plane rotations with real cosines to elements of the complex vectors x and y
CLARZ (3S) - applie a complex elementary reflector H to a complex M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
CLARZB (3S) - applie a complex block reflector H or its transpose H**H to a complex distributed M-by-N C from the left or the right
CLARZT (3S) - form the triangular factor T of a complex block reflector H of order > n, which is defined as a product of k elementary reflectors
CLASCL (3S) - multiplie the M by N complex matrix A by the real scalar CTO/CFROM
CLASET (3S) - initialize a 2-D array A to BETA on the diagonal and ALPHA on the offdiagonals
CLASR (3S) - perform the transformation A := P*A, when SIDE = 'L' or 'l' ( Left-hand side ) A := A*P', when SIDE = 'R' or 'r' ( Right-hand side ) where A is an m by n complex matrix and P is an orthogonal matrix,
Class::Struct (3) - declare struct-like datatypes as Perl classes
CLASSQ (3S) - return the values scl and ssq such that ( scl**2 )*ssq = x( 1 )**2 +...+ x( n )**2 + ( scale**2 )*sumsq,
CLASWP (3S) - perform a series of row interchanges on the matrix A
CLASYF (3S) - compute a partial factorization of a complex symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CLATBS (3S) - solve one of the triangular systems A * x = s*b, A**T * x = s*b, or A**H * x = s*b,
CLATDF (3S) - compute the contribution to the reciprocal Dif-estimate by solving for x in Z * x = b, where b is chosen such that the norm of x is as large as possible
CLATPS (3S) - solve one of the triangular systems A * x = s*b, A**T * x = s*b, or A**H * x = s*b,
CLATRD (3S) - reduce NB rows and columns of a complex Hermitian matrix A to Hermitian tridiagonal form by a unitary similarity transformation Q' * A * Q, and returns the matrices V and W which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
CLATRS (3S) - solve one of the triangular systems A * x = s*b, A**T * x = s*b, or A**H * x = s*b,
CLATRZ (3S) - factor the M-by-(M+L) complex upper trapezoidal matrix [ A1 A2 ] = [ A(1:M,1:M) A(1:M,N-L+1:N) ] as ( R 0 ) * Z by means of unitary transformations, where Z is an (M+L)-by-(M+L) unitary matrix and, R and A1 are M-by-M upper triangular matrices
CLATZM (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine CUNMRZ
CLAUU2 (3S) - compute the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of the array A
CLAUUM (3S) - compute the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of the array A
clCompressImage, clDecompressImage (3dm) - Compress/Decompress a single image
clCreateBuf, clDestroyBuf, clQueryBufferHdl, clQueryHandle (3dm) - Create and destroy implicit buffers, and find related handles.
cleanCache (1) - remove stale desktop type or layout cache entries
cleanpowerdown (1M) - control the power-down behavior of Onyx/Challenge L/XL systems
clear (1) - clear terminal screen
clear (3G) - clears the viewport
clearance (4) - user clearance label information file
clGetDefault (3dm) - Get the default value of a parameter
clGetMinMax (3dm) - Get minimum and maximum values for a parameter
clGetName (3dm) - returns a name for a parameter
clGetNextImageInfo (3dm) - Get information about a compressed image stream
clGetParams, clSetParams, clGetParam, clSetParam (3dm) - get and set the value of the specified parameters.
CLintro, CompressionLibrary, compression, libcl, cl (3dm) - A library for working with compressed video and audio data
clipfly (3pf) - OpenGL Performer scene viewer with Clip Texturing enhancements
clippl (3G) - specify a plane against which all geometry is clipped
clipplane (3G) - specify a plane against which all geometry is clipped
clkon, clkoff (3G) - control keyboard click
clock (3C) - report CPU time used
CLOCK (3I) - Returns the current time
clock (6D) - analog clock in a window
clock_settime, clock_gettime, clock_getres (2) - get/set date and time (POSIX)
clogin (1) - login on the graphics console
clone (7) - open any minor device on a STREAMS driver
clOpenCompressor, clCompress, clCloseCompressor (3dm) - Compress a video or audio stream
clOpenDecompressor, clDecompress, clCloseDecompressor (3dm) - Decompress a video or audio stream
clOpenDemux, clDemux, clCloseDemux (3dm) - Demultiplex into video and audio streams
clOpenMux, clMux, clCloseMux (3dm) - Multiplex video and audio streams
close (2) - close a file descriptor
close (3Tcl) - Close an open file
close (D2) - relinquish access to a device
closeo (3G) - closes an object definition
closeobj (3G) - closes an object definition
clQueryAlgorithms, clQuerySchemeFromHandle, clQuerySchemeFromName, clGetAlgorithmName, clQueryLicense (3dm) - Get a list of algorithms, find the identifier or name, or check for a license
clQueryFree, clUpdateHead, clQueryValid, clUpdateTail, clDoneUpdatingHead (3dm) - Reading and writing data with implicit buffers
clQueryParams, clGetParamID (3dm) - Get a list of the parameters for a specified processing object, or the parameter identifier given the name
clQueryScheme, clQueryMaxHeaderSize, clReadHeader (3dm) - Determine the scheme and read the stream header
clrbuf (D3) - erase the contents of a buffer
clri (1M) - clear EFS inode
clSetErrorHandler (3dm) - Select an alternate error handling routine
clshmctl (1M) - obsolete administration tool for CrayLink Shared Memory
clshmd (1M) - obsolete daemon for inter-partition shared-memory communication over CrayLink
clshm_diag (1M) - obsolete diagnostic tool for CrayLink Shared Memory
COUNT (3I) - Counts the number of true array elements
covici (1) - Edit administrative databases under revision control.
cp, ln, mv (1) - copy, link or move files
cpack (3G) - specifies RGBA color with a single packed 32-bit integer
CPAN (3) - query, download and build perl modules from CPAN sites
CPAN::FirstTime (3) - Utility for CPAN::Config file Initialization
CPAN::Nox (3) - Wrapper around CPAN.pm without using any XS module
CPBCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPBTRF
CPBEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a Hermitian positive definite band matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
CPBRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite and banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CPBSTF (3S) - compute a split Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix A
CPBSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CPBSVX (3S) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CPBTF2 (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix A
CPBTRF (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix A
CPBTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a Hermitian positive definite band matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPBTRF
cpio (1) - copy file archives in and out
cpio (4) - format of cpio archive
cplxtrig (3C) - Trigonometric and hyperbolic functions for the C++ complex library
CPOCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPOTRF
CPOEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a Hermitian positive definite matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
CPORFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite,
CPOSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CPOSVX (3S) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CPOTF2 (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A
CPOTRF (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A
CPOTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPOTRF
CPOTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a Hermitian positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPOTRF
cpp (1) - C language preprocessor
CPPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite packed matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPPTRF
CPPEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a Hermitian positive definite matrix A in packed storage and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
CPPRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CPPSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CPPSVX (3S) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CPPTRF (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A stored in packed format
CPPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPPTRF
CPPTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a Hermitian positive definite matrix A in packed storage using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPPTRF
cpr (1) - checkpoint and restart processes; info query; delete statefiles cview (1) - graphical user interface for checkpoint and restart (CPR)
cpsema (D3X) - conditionally perform a "P" or wait semaphore operation
CPTCON (3S) - compute the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix using the factorization A = L*D*L**H or A = U**H*D*U computed by CPTTRF
CPTEQR (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix by first factoring the matrix using SPTTRF and then calling CBDSQR to compute the singular values of the bidiagonal factor
CPTRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite and tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CPTSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
CPTSVX (3S) - use the factorization A = L*D*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
CPTTRF (3S) - compute the L*D*L' factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix A
CPTTRS (3S) - solve a tridiagonal system of the form A * X = B using the factorization A = U'*D*U or A = L*D*L' computed by CPTTRF
CPTTS2 (3S) - solve a tridiagonal system of the form A * X = B using the factorization A = U'*D*U or A = L*D*L' computed by CPTTRF
cpumeter (1M) - control the CPU activity meter on the Onyx/Challenge L/XL LCD panel
cpuset (5) - overview of cpusets
cpuset, miser_cpuset (1) - define and manage a set of CPUs
csa (1M) - overview of Comprehensive System Accounting (CSA)
csaaddc (1M) - combines cacct records
csabuild (1M) - organizes accounting records into job records
csachargefee (1M) - charges a fee to a user
csackpacct (1M) - checks the size of the process accounting file
csacms (1M) - summarizes command usage from per-process accounting records
csacom (1) - searches and prints the Comprehensive System Accounting (CSA) process accounting files
csacon (1M) - condenses records from the sorted pacct file
csacrep (1M) - reports on consolidated accounting data
csadrep (1M) - reports daemon usage
csaedit (1M) - displays and edits the accounting information
csagetconfig (1M) - searches the accounting configuration file for the specified argument
csajrep (1M) - prints a job report from the sorted pacct file
csaperiod (1M) - runs periodic accounting
csarecy (1M) - recycles unfinished job records into next accounting run
csarun (1M) - processes the daily accounting files and generates reports
csaswitch (1M) - checks the status of, enables or disables the different types of Comprehensive System Accounting (CSA), and switches accounting files for maintainability
csaverify (1M) - verifies that the accounting records are valid
cscale (6D) - scale the rgb colors of an image
cserialio (7) - character driver interface to serial communication ports
csh (1) - shell command interpreter with a C-like syntax
CSHIFT (3I) - Performs a circular shift on an array expression
CSPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex symmetric packed matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by CSPTRF
csplit (1) - context split
CSPRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CSPSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CSPSVX (3S) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric matrix stored in packed format and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
CSPTRF (3S) - compute the factorization of a complex symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CSPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex symmetric indefinite matrix A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by CSPTRF
CSPTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by CSPTRF
CSROT, ZDROT (3S) - Applies a real plane rotation to a pair of complex vectors
CSRSCL (3S) - multiplie an n-element complex vector x by the real scalar 1/a
CSTEDC (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the divide and conquer method
CSTEGR (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T
CSTEIN (3S) - compute the eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T corresponding to specified eigenvalues, using inverse iteration
CSTEQR (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the implicit QL or QR method
CSYCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by CSYTRF
CSYRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CSYSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CSYSVX (3S) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CSYTF2 (3S) - compute the factorization of a complex symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CSYTRF (3S) - compute the factorization of a complex symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CSYTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex symmetric indefinite matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by CSYTRF
CSYTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by CSYTRF
ctags (1) - create a tags file
CTBCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
CTBRFS (3S) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular band coefficient matrix
CTBTRS (3S) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ctermid, ctermid_r (3S) - generate file name for terminal
CTGEVC (3S) - compute some or all of the right and/or left generalized eigenvectors of a pair of complex upper triangular matrices (A,B)
CTGEX2 (3S) - swap adjacent diagonal 1 by 1 blocks (A11,B11) and (A22,B22)
CTGEXC (3S) - reorder the generalized Schur decomposition of a complex matrix pair (A,B), using an unitary equivalence transformation (A, B) := Q * (A, B) * Z', so that the diagonal block of (A, B) with row index IFST is moved to row ILST
CTGSEN (3S) - reorder the generalized Schur decomposition of a complex matrix pair (A, B) (in terms of an unitary equivalence trans- formation Q' * (A, B) * Z), so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading diagonal blocks of the pair (A,B)
CTGSJA (3S) - compute the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of two complex upper triangular (or trapezoidal) matrices A and B
CTGSNA (3S) - estimate reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or eigenvectors of a matrix pair (A, B)
CTGSY2 (3S) - solve the generalized Sylvester equation A * R - L * B = scale * C (1) D * R (3S) - L * E = scale * F using Level 1 and 2 BLAS, where R and L are unknown M-by-N matrices,
CTGSYL (3S) - solve the generalized Sylvester equation
ctime, localtime, gmtime, asctime, tzset, ctime_r, localtime_r, gmtime_r, asctime_r (3C) - convert date and time to string
CTPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a packed triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
CTPRFS (3S) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular packed coefficient matrix
CTPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex upper or lower triangular matrix A stored in packed format
CTPTRS (3S) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ctrace (1) - C program debugger
CTRCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
CTREVC (3S) - compute some or all of the right and/or left eigenvectors of a complex upper triangular matrix T
CTREXC (3S) - reorder the Schur factorization of a complex matrix A = Q*T*Q**H, so that the diagonal element of T with row index IFST is moved to row ILST
CTRID (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A*x = b, where A is an N-by-N tridiagonal matrix, and x and b are vectors of length N
CTRRFS (3S) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular coefficient matrix
CTRSEN (3S) - reorder the Schur factorization of a complex matrix A = Q*T*Q**H, so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading positions on the diagonal of the upper triangular matrix T, and the leading columns of Q form an orthonormal basis of the corresponding right invariant subspace
CTRSNA (3S) - estimate reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or right eigenvectors of a complex upper triangular matrix T (or of any matrix Q*T*Q**H with Q unitary)
CTRSYL (3S) - solve the complex Sylvester matrix equation
CTRTI2 (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex upper or lower triangular matrix
CTRTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex upper or lower triangular matrix A
CTRTRS (3S) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
CTZRQF (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine CTZRZF
CTZRZF (3S) - reduce the M-by-N ( M<=N ) complex upper trapezoidal matrix A to upper triangular form by means of unitary transformations
cu (1C) - call another UNIX system
CUNG2L (3S) - generate an m by n complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
CUNG2R (3S) - generate an m by n complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
CUNGBR (3S) - generate one of the complex unitary matrices Q or P**H determined by CGEBRD when reducing a complex matrix A to bidiagonal form
CUNGHR (3S) - generate a complex unitary matrix Q which is defined as the product of IHI-ILO elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by CGEHRD
CUNGL2 (3S) - generate an m-by-n complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
CUNGLQ (3S) - generate an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
CUNGQL (3S) - generate an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
CUNGQR (3S) - generate an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
CUNGR2 (3S) - generate an m by n complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
CUNGRQ (3S) - generate an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
CUNGTR (3S) - generate a complex unitary matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by CHETRD
CUNM2L (3S) - overwrite the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
CUNM2R (3S) - overwrite the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
CUNMBR (3S) - VECT = 'Q', CUNMBR overwrites the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
CUNMHR (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
CUNML2 (3S) - overwrite the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
CUNMLQ (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
CUNMQL (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
CUNMQR (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
CUNMR2 (3S) - overwrite the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
CUNMR3 (3S) - overwrite the general complex m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
CUNMRQ (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
CUNMRZ (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
CUNMTR (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
CUPGTR (3S) - generate a complex unitary matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors H(i) of order n, as returned by CHPTRD using packed storage
CUPMTR (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
curori (3G) - sets the origin of a cursor
curorigin (3G) - sets the origin of a cursor
curses (3X) - CRT screen handling and optimization package
curson, cursof (3G) - control cursor visibility by window
curson, cursoff (3G) - control cursor visibility by window
cursty (3G) - defines the type and/or size of cursor
curstype (3G) - defines the type and/or size of cursor
curs_addch: addch, waddch, mvaddch, mvwaddch, echochar, wechochar (3X) - add a character (with attributes) to a curses window and advance cursor
curs_addchstr: addchstr, addchnstr, waddchstr, waddchnstr, mvaddchstr, mvaddchnstr, mvwaddchstr, mvwaddchnstr (3X) - add string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window
curs_addstr: addstr, addnstr, waddstr, waddnstr, mvaddstr, mvaddnstr, mvwaddstr, mvwaddnstr (3X) - add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor
curs_addwch: addwch, waddwch, mvaddwch, mvwaddwch, echowchar, wechowchar (3X) - add a wchar_t character (with attributes) to a curses window and advance cursor
curs_addwchstr: addwchstr, addwchnstr, waddwchstr, waddwchnstr, mvaddwchstr, mvaddwchnstr, mvwaddwchstr, mvwaddwchnstr (3X) - add string of wchar_t characters (and attributes) to a curses window
curs_addwstr: addwstr, addnwstr, waddwstr, waddnwstr, mvaddwstr, mvaddnwstr, mvwaddwstr, mvwaddnwstr (3X) - add a string of wchar_t characters to a curses window and advance cursor
curs_attr: attroff, wattroff, attron, wattron, attrset, wattrset, standend, wstandend, standout, wstandout (3X) - curses character and window attribute control routines
curs_beep: beep, flash (3X) - curses bell and screen flash routines
curs_delch: delch, wdelch, mvdelch, mvwdelch (3X) - delete character under cursor in a curses window
curs_deleteln: deleteln, wdeleteln, insdelln, winsdelln, insertln, winsertln (3X) - delete and insert lines in a curses window
curs_getch: getch, wgetch, mvgetch, mvwgetch, ungetch (3X) - get (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard
curs_getstr: getstr, wgetstr, mvgetstr, mvwgetstr, wgetnstr (3X) - get character strings from curses terminal keyboard
curs_getwch: getwch, wgetwch, mvgetwch, mvwgetwch, ungetwch (3X) - get (or push back) wchar_t characters from curses terminal keyboard
curs_getwstr: getwstr, getnwstr, wgetwstr, wgetnwstr, mvgetwstr, mvgetnwstr, mvwgetwstr, mvwgetnwstr (3X) - get wchar_t character strings from curses terminal keyboard
curs_getyx: getyx, getparyx, getbegyx, getmaxyx (3X) - get curses cursor and window coordinates
curs_inch: inch, winch, mvinch, mvwinch (3X) - get a character and its attributes from a curses window
curs_inchstr: inchstr, inchnstr, winchstr, winchnstr, mvinchstr, mvinchnstr, mvwinchstr, mvwinchnstr (3X) - get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window
curs_insch: insch, winsch, mvinsch, mvwinsch (3X) - insert a character before the character under the cursor in a curses window
curs_insstr: insstr, insnstr, winsstr, winsnstr, mvinsstr, mvinsnstr, mvwinsstr, mvwinsnstr (3X) - insert string before character under the cursor in a curses window
curs_instr: instr, innstr, winstr, winnstr, mvinstr, mvinnstr, mvwinstr, mvwinnstr (3X) - get a string of characters from a curses window
curs_inswch: inswch, winswch, mvinswch, mvwinswch (3X) - insert a wchar_t character before the character under the cursor in a curses window
curs_inswstr: inswstr, insnwstr, winswstr, winsnwstr, mvinswstr, mvinsnwstr, mvwinswstr, mvwinsnwstr (3X) - insert wchar_t string before character under the cursor in a curses window
curs_inwch: inwch, winwch, mvinwch, mvwinwch (3X) - get a wchar_t character and its attributes from a curses window
curs_inwchstr: inwchstr, inwchnstr, winwchstr, winwchnstr, mvinwchstr, mvinwchnstr, mvwinwchstr, mvwinwchnstr (3X) - get a string of wchar_t characters (and attributes) from a curses window
curs_inwstr: inwstr, innwstr, winwstr, winnwstr, mvinwstr, mvinnwstr, mvwinwstr, mvwinnwstr (3X) - get a string of wchar_t characters from a curses window
cvpav (1) - present the information about an MP Fortran program from its MIPSpro 7.2 or higher analysis files
cvpcs (1M) - The WorkShop Debugger Server
cvpcsd (1M) - The WorkShop Debugger Server Daemon
cvperf (1) - WorkShop Performance View
cvsema (D3X) - conditionally perform a "V" or signal semaphore operation
cvspeed (1) - The suite of WorkShop Performance Tools
cvstatic (1) - static analysis tool
cvt_fun_tbl (4) - Function key conversion table of Input Manager of the X Window System Version 11 (xwnmo(1X))
cvt_meta_tbl (4) - Meta key conversion table of Input Manager of the X Window System Version 11 (xwnmo(1X))
cvt_xim_tbl (4) - key conversion table of Input Manager of the X Window System Version 11 (xwnmo(1X))
cvusage (1) - run a command, and print out the resources it used
cvxcov (1) - The WorkShop Test Coverage Tool
cvxhang (1) - create a process in a hung state and inform requestor's window
cv_gl_controller (1) - service program for gldebug
cxfsdump (1m) - CXFS configuration gathering tool
cxfsmgr, cxtask, cxdetail (1) - CXFS Manager GUI
cxfs_client (1m) - CXFS client daemon
cxfs_info (1m) - display configuration and state of CXFS
cxref (1) - generate C program cross-reference
cyclem (3G) - cycles between color maps at a specified rate
cyclemap (3G) - cycles between color maps at a specified rate
cycol (6D) - display a pallete of colors
czclea (3G) - clears the color bitplanes and the z-buffer simultaneously
czclear (3G) - clears the color bitplanes and the z-buffer simultaneously
datab (D4) - STREAMS data block structure
datamsg (D3) - test whether a message is a data message
datapipe (5) - peer-to-peer data transfer between hardware devices.
datapipe: dpipeCreate, dpipeDestroy, dpipeTransfer, dpipeReset, dpipeFlush- data pipe operations. (3X)
DATAPOOL (5) - Fortran Interprocess Data Sharing
date (1) - write and set the date and time
DATE, JDATE (3I) - Returns the current date
DATE_AND_TIME (3I) - Returns data on the real-time clock and date
datframe (4) - structure of a frame of audio data on Digital Audio Tape (DAT)
datman (1) - play and record audio tapes in DAT drive datman -cd (1) - play audio CD in CD-ROM drive through audio hardware
db (7P) - local name service database
DBDSDC (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real N-by-N (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix B
DBDSQR (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real N-by-N (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix B
DBE (3X11) - Double Buffer Extension
dbg, debug (4) - the debug filesystem
DBLE (3I) - Converts to double-precision real
dbm: dbminit, dbminit64, dbmclose, dbmclose64, fetch, fetch64, store, store64, delete, delete64, firstkey, firstkey64, nextkey, nextkey64 (3B) - data base subroutines
dbopen (3) - database access methods
dbtext (3G) - sets the dial and button box text display
DB_File (3) - Perl5 access to Berkeley DB version 1.x
dc (1) - an arbitrary precision calculator
dd (1M) - convert and copy a file
DDISNA (3S) - compute the reciprocal condition numbers for the eigenvectors of a real symmetric or complex Hermitian matrix or for the left or right singular vectors of a general m-by-n matrix
ddopt (1) - MIPS Data-Dependency-based Optimizer
DEBUG_group (5) - Compiler options for debugging
defaultPrivileges (4) - default system administration privileges
defbas (3G) - defines a basis matrix
defbasis (3G) - defines a basis matrix
defcur (3G) - defines a cursor glyph
defcursor (3G) - defines a cursor glyph
deflfo (3G) - defines a raster font capable of accommodating large rasters and multi-byte character id's
deflfont (3G) - defines a raster font capable of accommodating large rasters and multi-byte character id's
deflin (3G) - defines a linestyle
deflinestyle (3G) - defines a linestyle
defpat (3G) - defines patterns
defpattern (3G) - defines patterns
defpup (3G) - defines a menu
defras (3G) - defines a raster font
defrasterfont (3G) - defines a raster font
delay (D3) - delay process execution for a specified number of clock ticks
deletehost (1M) - delete an entry from the host file.
deleteModem (1M) - delete a modem from the system
deleteSerialDevice (1M) - deletes a serial device from the system
deleteUserAccount (1M) - delete a user account from the system
delmntent (3) - remove entry from mounted filesystem description file
delobj (3G) - deletes an object
delta (1) - make a delta (change) to an SCCS file
deltag (3G) - deletes a tag from the current open object
dem, demangle (3C) - Demangle C++ external names to a readable format
depthc (3G) - turns depth-cue mode on and off
depthcue (3G) - turns depth-cue mode on and off
deroff (1) - remove nroff, troff, tbl and eqn constructs
designjet (1) - HP DesignJet printer/plotter driver
deskjet (1) - HP DeskJet/PaintJet parallel printer driver
deskjetII (1) - driver for HP DeskJet InkJet printers
desktop (1) - customization panel for setting Desktop resources
desktophelp (1) - IRIX Interactive Desktop(TM) Help System Subprogram
destroy (3Tk) - Destroy one or more windows
devcfg (1M) - general purpose driver configuration utility
Devel::SelfStubber (3) - generate stubs for a SelfLoading module
devflag (D1) - driver flags
device_desc (D4X) - concepts and use of device descriptors
DGBBRD (3S) - reduce a real general m-by-n band matrix A to upper bidiagonal form B by an orthogonal transformation
DGBCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a real general band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm,
DGBEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M- by-N band matrix A and reduce its condition number
DGBRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DGBSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is a band matrix of order N with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
DGBSVX (3S) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
DGBTF2 (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a real m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
DGBTRF (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a real m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
DGBTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B or A' * X = B with a general band matrix A using the LU factorization computed by DGBTRF
DGEBAK (3S) - form the right or left eigenvectors of a real general matrix by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the balanced matrix output by DGEBAL
DGEBAL (3S) - balance a general real matrix A
DGEBD2 (3S) - reduce a real general m by n matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form B by an orthogonal transformation
DGEBRD (3S) - reduce a general real M-by-N matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form B by an orthogonal transformation
DGECON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a general real matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm, using the LU factorization computed by DGETRF
DGEEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M- by-N matrix A and reduce its condition number
DGEES (3S) - compute for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues, the real Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of Schur vectors Z
DGEESX (3S) - compute for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues, the real Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of Schur vectors Z
DGEEV (3S) - compute for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors
DGEEVX (3S) - compute for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors
DGEGS (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine DGGES
DGEGV (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine DGGEV
DGEHD2 (3S) - reduce a real general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DGEHRD (3S) - reduce a real general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DGELQ2 (3S) - compute an LQ factorization of a real m by n matrix A
DGELQF (3S) - compute an LQ factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A
DGELS (3S) - solve overdetermined or underdetermined real linear systems involving an M-by-N matrix A, or its transpose, using a QR or LQ factorization of A
DGELSD (3S) - compute the minimum-norm solution to a real linear least squares problem
DGELSS (3S) - compute the minimum norm solution to a real linear least squares problem
DGELSX (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine DGELSY
DGELSY (3S) - compute the minimum-norm solution to a real linear least squares problem
DGEMMS (3S) - Multiplies a real general matrix by a real general matrix, using Strassen's algorithm
DGEQL2 (3S) - compute a QL factorization of a real m by n matrix A
DGEQLF (3S) - compute a QL factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A
DGEQP3 (3S) - compute a QR factorization with column pivoting of a matrix A
DGEQPF (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine DGEQP3
DGEQR2 (3S) - compute a QR factorization of a real m by n matrix A
DGEQRF (3S) - compute a QR factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A
DGERFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DGERQ2 (3S) - compute an RQ factorization of a real m by n matrix A
DGERQF (3S) - compute an RQ factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A
DGESC2 (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = scale* RHS with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization with complete pivoting computed by DGETC2
DGESDD (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real M-by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and right singular vectors
DGESV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DGESVD (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real M-by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and/or right singular vectors
DGESVX (3S) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DGETC2 (3S) - compute an LU factorization with complete pivoting of the n-by-n matrix A
DGETF2 (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a general m-by-n matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
DGETRF (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a general M-by-N matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
DGETRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a matrix using the LU factorization computed by DGETRF
DGETRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B or A' * X = B with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization computed by DGETRF
DGGBAK (3S) - form the right or left eigenvectors of a real generalized eigenvalue problem A*x = lambda*B*x, by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the balanced pair of matrices output by DGGBAL
DGGBAL (3S) - balance a pair of general real matrices (A,B)
DGGES (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrices (A,B),
DGGESX (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrices (A,B), the generalized eigenvalues, the real Schur form (S,T), and,
DGGEV (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrices (A,B)
DGGEVX (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrices (A,B)
DGGGLM (3S) - solve a general Gauss-Markov linear model (GLM) problem
DGGHRD (3S) - reduce a pair of real matrices (A,B) to generalized upper Hessenberg form using orthogonal transformations, where A is a general matrix and B is upper triangular
DGGLSE (3S) - solve the linear equality-constrained least squares (LSE) problem
DGGQRF (3S) - compute a generalized QR factorization of an N-by-M matrix A and an N-by-P matrix B
DGGRQF (3S) - compute a generalized RQ factorization of an M-by-N matrix A and a P-by-N matrix B
DGGSVD (3S) - compute the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of an M-by-N real matrix A and P-by-N real matrix B
DGGSVP (3S) - compute orthogonal matrices U, V and Q such that N-K-L K L U'*A*Q = K ( 0 A12 A13 ) if M-K-L >= 0
dglclo (3G) - closes the DGL server connection
dglclose (3G) - closes the DGL server connection
dgld (1M) - Graphics Library server
dglope (3G) - opens a Graphics Library connection to a graphics server
dglopen (3G) - opens a Graphics Library connection to a graphics server
DGTCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a real tridiagonal matrix A using the LU factorization as computed by DGTTRF
DGTRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DGTSV (3S) - solve the equation A*X = B,
DGTSVX (3S) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B or A**T * X = B,
DGTTRF (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a real tridiagonal matrix A using elimination with partial pivoting and row interchanges
DGTTRS (3S) - solve one of the systems of equations A*X = B or A'*X = B,
DGTTS2 (3S) - solve one of the systems of equations A*X = B or A'*X = B,
dhcpdb (1M) - DHCP database manager
dhcp_bootp (1M) - proclaim server for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
dhcp_relay (1M) - proclaim relay-agent for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
DHGEQZ (3S) - implement a single-/double-shift version of the QZ method for finding the generalized eigenvalues w(j)=(ALPHAR(j) + i*ALPHAI(j))/BETAR(j) of the equation det( A (3S) - w(i) B ) = 0 In addition, the pair A,B may be reduced to generalized Schur form
DHSEIN (3S) - use inverse iteration to find specified right and/or left eigenvectors of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H
DHSEQR (3S) - compute the eigenvalues of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition H = Z T Z**T, where T is an upper quasi-triangular matrix (the Schur form), and Z is the orthogonal matrix of Schur vectors
diagnostics (1) - Perl compiler pragma to force verbose warning diagnostics
diagnostics (3) - Perl compiler pragma to force verbose warning diagnostics
diagsetup (1M) - control the contents of the diag user's running of cached and onlinediag
dial (3C) - establish an out-going terminal line connection
diff (1) - differential file and directory comparator
diff3 (1) - 3-way differential file comparison
DIFFsource (5) - archive of DIFF sources
difftime (3C) - compute difference between two calendar times
DIGITS (3I) - Returns the number of significant digits
DIM, DDIM, QDIM, IDIM, IIDIM, JIDIM, KIDIM (3I) - Computes positive difference of two numbers
DIterative, DIterative_DropTol, DIterative_DropStorage (3S) - Parallel sparse iterative linear system solver
dither (3G) - controls the dithering of pixels
ditherstiff (1) - dither (halftone) an 8 bit stream TIFF file using error diffusion dither
div, ldiv (3C) - perform integer division
divo (7) - DIVO Video option
divohinv (1) - DIVO Video hardware inventory list
divotest (1) - DIVO-DVC Diagnostics
divo_distort (6D) - DIVO Video real time image distortion demo
divo_ee (1) - DIVO Video end-to-end program
divo_memtovid (1) - DIVO Video output program
divo_videowarp (6D) - DIVO Video real time OpenGL image distortion demo
divo_vidtomem (1) - DIVO Video capture program
dki_dcache_inval (D3X) - invalidate the data cache for a given range of virtual addresses
dki_dcache_wb (D3X) - write back the data cache for a given range of virtual addresses
dki_dcache_wbinval (D3X) - write back and invalidate the data cache for a given range of virtual addresses
dkprobe (1) - probe all configured disks
dks (7M) - dksc (SCSI) disk driver
dkstat (1) - report disk I/O statistics
DLABAD (3S) - take as input the values computed by DLAMCH for underflow and overflow, and returns the square root of each of these values if the log of LARGE is sufficiently large
DLABRD (3S) - reduce the first NB rows and columns of a real general m by n matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form by an orthogonal transformation Q' * A * P, and returns the matrices X and Y which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
DLACON (3S) - estimate the 1-norm of a square, real matrix A
DLACPY (3S) - copie all or part of a two-dimensional matrix A to another matrix B
dladdr (3C) - Translates address to symbolic information
DLADIV (3S) - perform complex division in real arithmetic a + i*b p + i*q = --------- c + i*d The algorithm is due to Robert L
DLAE2 (3S) - compute the eigenvalues of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix [ A B ] [ B C ]
DLAEBZ (3S) - contain the iteration loops which compute and use the function N(w), which is the count of eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix T less than or equal to its argument w
DLAED0 (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and corresponding eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the divide and conquer method
DLAED1 (3S) - compute the updated eigensystem of a diagonal matrix after modification by a rank-one symmetric matrix
DLAED2 (3S) - merge the two sets of eigenvalues together into a single sorted set
DLAED3 (3S) - find the roots of the secular equation, as defined by the values in D, W, and RHO, between 1 and K
DLAED4 (3S) - subroutine computes the I-th updated eigenvalue of a symmetric rank-one modification to a diagonal matrix whose elements are given in the array d, and that D(i) < D(j) for i < j and that RHO > 0
DLAED5 (3S) - subroutine computes the I-th eigenvalue of a symmetric rank-one modification of a 2-by-2 diagonal matrix diag( D ) + RHO * Z * transpose(Z)
DLAED6 (3S) - compute the positive or negative root (closest to the origin) of z(1) z(2) z(3) f(x) = rho + --------- + ---------- + --------- d(1)-x d(2)-x d(3)-x It is assumed that if ORGATI = .true
DLAED7 (3S) - compute the updated eigensystem of a diagonal matrix after modification by a rank-one symmetric matrix
DLAED8 (3S) - merge the two sets of eigenvalues together into a single sorted set
DLAED9 (3S) - find the roots of the secular equation, as defined by the values in D, Z, and RHO, between KSTART and KSTOP
DLAEDA (3S) - compute the Z vector corresponding to the merge step in the CURLVLth step of the merge process with TLVLS steps for the CURPBMth problem
DLAEIN (3S) - use inverse iteration to find a right or left eigenvector corresponding to the eigenvalue (WR,WI) of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H
DLAEV2 (3S) - compute the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix [ A B ] [ B C ]
DLAEXC (3S) - swap adjacent diagonal blocks T11 and T22 of order 1 or 2 in an upper quasi-triangular matrix T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DLAG2 (3S) - compute the eigenvalues of a 2 x 2 generalized eigenvalue problem A (3S) - w B, with scaling as necessary to avoid over-/underflow
DLAGS2 (3S) - compute 2-by-2 orthogonal matrices U, V and Q, such that if ( UPPER ) then U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 A2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 A3 ) ( x x ) and V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 B2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 B3 ) ( x x ) or if ( .NOT.UPPER ) then U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( A2 A3 ) ( 0 x ) and V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( B2 B3 ) ( 0 x ) The rows of the transformed A and B are parallel, where U = ( CSU SNU ), V = ( CSV SNV ), Q = ( CSQ SNQ ) ( -SNU CSU ) ( -SNV CSV ) ( -SNQ CSQ ) Z' denotes the transpose of Z
DLAGTF (3S) - factorize the matrix (T - lambda*I), where T is an n by n tridiagonal matrix and lambda is a scalar, as T (3S) - lambda*I = PLU,
DLAGTM (3S) - perform a matrix-vector product of the form B := alpha * A * X + beta * B where A is a tridiagonal matrix of order N, B and X are N by NRHS matrices, and alpha and beta are real scalars, each of which may be 0., 1., or -1
DLAGTS (3S) - may be used to solve one of the systems of equations (T - lambda*I)*x = y or (T (3S) - lambda*I)'*x = y,
DLAGV2 (3S) - compute the Generalized Schur factorization of a real 2-by-2 matrix pencil (A,B) where B is upper triangular
DLAHQR (3S) - i an auxiliary routine called by DHSEQR to update the eigenvalues and Schur decomposition already computed by DHSEQR, by dealing with the Hessenberg submatrix in rows and columns ILO to IHI
DLAHRD (3S) - reduce the first NB columns of a real general n-by-(n-k+1) matrix A so that elements below the k-th subdiagonal are zero
DLAIC1 (3S) - applie one step of incremental condition estimation in its simplest version
DLALN2 (3S) - solve a system of the form (ca A - w D ) X = s B or (ca A' - w D) X = s B with possible scaling ("s") and perturbation of A
DLALS0 (3S) - applie back the multiplying factors of either the left or the right singular vector matrix of a diagonal matrix appended by a row to the right hand side matrix B in solving the least squares problem using the divide-and-conquer SVD approach
DLALSA (3S) - i an itermediate step in solving the least squares problem by computing the SVD of the coefficient matrix in compact form (The singular vectors are computed as products of simple orthorgonal matrices.)
DLALSD (3S) - use the singular value decomposition of A to solve the least squares problem of finding X to minimize the Euclidean norm of each column of A*X-B, where A is N-by-N upper bidiagonal, and X and B are N- by-NRHS
DLAMRG (3S) - will create a permutation list which will merge the elements of A (which is composed of two independently sorted sets) into a single set which is sorted in ascending order
DLANGB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n band matrix A, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals
DLANGE (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real matrix A
DLANGT (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real tridiagonal matrix A
DLANHS (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a Hessenberg matrix A
DLANSB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n symmetric band matrix A, with k super-diagonals
DLANSP (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric matrix A, supplied in packed form
DLANST (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix A
DLANSY (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric matrix A
DLANTB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n triangular band matrix A, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals
DLANTP (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a triangular matrix A, supplied in packed form
DLANTR (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a trapezoidal or triangular matrix A
DLANV2 (3S) - compute the Schur factorization of a real 2-by-2 nonsymmetric matrix in standard form
DLAPLL (3S) - two column vectors X and Y, let A = ( X Y )
DLAPMT (3S) - rearrange the columns of the M by N matrix X as specified by the permutation K(1),K(2),...,K(N) of the integers 1,...,N
DLAPY2 (3S) - return sqrt(x**2+y**2), taking care not to cause unnecessary overflow
DLAPY3 (3S) - return sqrt(x**2+y**2+z**2), taking care not to cause unnecessary overflow
DLAQGB (3S) - equilibrate a general M by N band matrix A with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
DLAQGE (3S) - equilibrate a general M by N matrix A using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
DLAQP2 (3S) - compute a QR factorization with column pivoting of the block A(OFFSET+1:M,1:N)
DLAQPS (3S) - compute a step of QR factorization with column pivoting of a real M-by-N matrix A by using Blas-3
DLAQSB (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric band matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
DLAQSP (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
DLAQSY (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
DLAQTR (3S) - solve the real quasi-triangular system op(T)*p = scale*c, if LREAL = .TRUE
DLAR1V (3S) - compute the (scaled) r-th column of the inverse of the sumbmatrix in rows B1 through BN of the tridiagonal matrix L D L^T (3S) - sigma I
DLAR2V (3S) - applie a vector of real plane rotations from both sides to a sequence of 2-by-2 real symmetric matrices, defined by the elements of the vectors x, y and z
DLARF (3S) - applie a real elementary reflector H to a real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
DLARFB (3S) - applie a real block reflector H or its transpose H' to a real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
DLARFG (3S) - generate a real elementary reflector H of order n, such that H * ( alpha ) = ( beta ), H' * H = I
DLARFT (3S) - form the triangular factor T of a real block reflector H of order n, which is defined as a product of k elementary reflectors
DLARFX (3S) - applie a real elementary reflector H to a real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
DLARGV (3S) - generate a vector of real plane rotations, determined by elements of the real vectors x and y
DLARNV (3S) - return a vector of n random real numbers from a uniform or normal distribution
DLARRB (3S) - the relatively robust representation(RRR) L D L^T, DLARRB does ``limited'' bisection to locate the eigenvalues of L D L^T,
DLARRE (3S) - the tridiagonal matrix T, DLARRE sets "small" off-diagonal elements to zero, and for each unreduced block T_i, it finds (i) the numbers sigma_i (ii) the base T_i (3S) - sigma_i I = L_i D_i L_i^T representations and (iii) eigenvalues of each L_i D_i L_i^T
DLARRF (3S) - the initial representation L D L^T and its cluster of close eigenvalues (in a relative measure), W( IFIRST ), W( IFIRST+1 ), ..
DLARRV (3S) - compute the eigenvectors of the tridiagonal matrix T = L D L^T given L, D and the eigenvalues of L D L^T
DLARTG (3S) - generate a plane rotation so that [ CS SN ]
DLARTV (3S) - applie a vector of real plane rotations to elements of the real vectors x and y
DLARUV (3S) - return a vector of n random real numbers from a uniform (0,1)
DLARZ (3S) - applie a real elementary reflector H to a real M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
DLARZB (3S) - applie a real block reflector H or its transpose H**T to a real distributed M-by-N C from the left or the right
DLARZT (3S) - form the triangular factor T of a real block reflector H of order > n, which is defined as a product of k elementary reflectors
DLAS2 (3S) - compute the singular values of the 2-by-2 matrix [ F G ] [ 0 H ]
DLASCL (3S) - multiplie the M by N real matrix A by the real scalar CTO/CFROM
DLASD0 (3S) - a divide and conquer approach, DLASD0 computes the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real upper bidiagonal N-by-M matrix B with diagonal D and offdiagonal E, where M = N + SQRE
DLASD1 (3S) - compute the SVD of an upper bidiagonal N-by-M matrix B,
DLASD2 (3S) - merge the two sets of singular values together into a single sorted set
DLASD3 (3S) - find all the square roots of the roots of the secular equation, as defined by the values in D and Z
DLASD4 (3S) - subroutine computes the square root of the I-th updated eigenvalue of a positive symmetric rank-one modification to a positive diagonal matrix whose entries are given as the squares of the corresponding entries in the array d, and that 0 <= D(i) < D(j) for i < j and that RHO > 0
DLASD5 (3S) - subroutine computes the square root of the I-th eigenvalue of a positive symmetric rank-one modification of a 2-by-2 diagonal matrix diag( D ) * diag( D ) + RHO * Z * transpose(Z)
DLASD6 (3S) - compute the SVD of an updated upper bidiagonal matrix B obtained by merging two smaller ones by appending a row
DLASD7 (3S) - merge the two sets of singular values together into a single sorted set
DLASD8 (3S) - find the square roots of the roots of the secular equation,
DLASD9 (3S) - find the square roots of the roots of the secular equation,
DLASDA (3S) - a divide and conquer approach, DLASDA computes the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real upper bidiagonal N-by-M matrix B with diagonal D and offdiagonal E, where M = N + SQRE
DLASDQ (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix with diagonal D and offdiagonal E, accumulating the transformations if desired
DLASDT (3S) - create a tree of subproblems for bidiagonal divide and conquer
DLASET (3S) - initialize an m-by-n matrix A to BETA on the diagonal and ALPHA on the offdiagonals
DLASQ1 (3S) - compute the singular values of a real N-by-N bidiagonal matrix with diagonal D and off-diagonal E
DLASQ2 (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues of the symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix associated with the qd array Z to high relative accuracy are computed to high relative accuracy, in the absence of denormalization, underflow and overflow
DLASQ3 (3S) - check for deflation, computes a shift (TAU) and calls dqds
DLASQ4 (3S) - compute an approximation TAU to the smallest eigenvalue using values of d from the previous transform
DLASQ5 (3S) - compute one dqds transform in ping-pong form, one version for IEEE machines another for non IEEE machines
DLASQ6 (3S) - compute one dqd (shift equal to zero) transform in ping-pong form, with protection against underflow and overflow
DLASR (3S) - perform the transformation A := P*A, when SIDE = 'L' or 'l' ( Left-hand side ) A := A*P', when SIDE = 'R' or 'r' ( Right-hand side ) where A is an m by n real matrix and P is an orthogonal matrix,
DLASRT (3S) - the numbers in D in increasing order (if ID = 'I') or in decreasing order (if ID = 'D' )
DLASSQ (3S) - return the values scl and smsq such that ( scl**2 )*smsq = x( 1 )**2 +...+ x( n )**2 + ( scale**2 )*sumsq,
DLASV2 (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition of a 2-by-2 triangular matrix [ F G ] [ 0 H ]
DLASWP (3S) - perform a series of row interchanges on the matrix A
DLASY2 (3S) - solve for the N1 by N2 matrix X, 1 <= N1,N2 <= 2, in op(TL)*X + ISGN*X*op(TR) = SCALE*B,
DLASYF (3S) - compute a partial factorization of a real symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
DLATBS (3S) - solve one of the triangular systems A *x = s*b or A'*x = s*b with scaling to prevent overflow, where A is an upper or lower triangular band matrix
DLATDF (3S) - use the LU factorization of the n-by-n matrix Z computed by DGETC2 and computes a contribution to the reciprocal Dif-estimate by solving Z * x = b for x, and choosing the r.h.s
DLATPS (3S) - solve one of the triangular systems A *x = s*b or A'*x = s*b with scaling to prevent overflow, where A is an upper or lower triangular matrix stored in packed form
DLATRD (3S) - reduce NB rows and columns of a real symmetric matrix A to symmetric tridiagonal form by an orthogonal similarity transformation Q' * A * Q, and returns the matrices V and W which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
DLATRS (3S) - solve one of the triangular systems A *x = s*b or A'*x = s*b with scaling to prevent overflow
DLATRZ (3S) - factor the M-by-(M+L) real upper trapezoidal matrix [ A1 A2 ] = [ A(1:M,1:M) A(1:M,N-L+1:N) ] as ( R 0 ) * Z, by means of orthogonal transformations
DLATZM (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine DORMRZ
DLAUU2 (3S) - compute the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of the array A
DLAUUM (3S) - compute the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of the array A
dlclose (3c) - Closes a shared object
dlerror (3c) - Gets diagnostic information
dlook (1) - a tool for showing memory and process placement
dlopen, sgidlopen_version (3C) - Opens a Dynamic Shared Object (DSO)
dlpi (7) - data link provider interface
dlsym (3C) - Gets the address of a symbol in shared object
dmACConvert (3dm) - convert audio data format, sampling rate and compression
dmACCreate, dmACDestroy (3dm) - create/destroy a DMaudioconverter handle used for audio format conversion.
dmACGetMinInputSize, dmACGetMinOutputSize (3dm) - auxiliary routines for querying input and output buffer sizes for dmACConvert.
dmACReset (3dm) - reset a DMaudioconverter handle to its default state
dmACSetParams, dmACGetParams (3dm) - set/get the Audio Converter parameter values
dmAudioRateConvert (3dm) - convert data sampling rate. It consumes an input buffer of floats and generates an output buffer of floats.
dmAudioRateConverterCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMaudiorateconverter structure
dmAudioRateConverterDestroy (3dm) - deallocate an audio converter
dmAudioRateConverterGetParams (3dm) - get rate converter parameter values
dmAudioRateConverterReset (3dm) - fill internal buffers with constant value
dmAudioRateConverterSetParams (3dm) - set rate converter parameter values
dma_map (D3X) - load DMA mapping registers for an imminent transfer
dma_mapaddr (D3X) - return the "bus virtual" address for a given map and address
dma_mapalloc (D3X) - allocate a DMA map
dma_mapfree (D3X) - free a DMA map
DMbuffer, DMbufferpool (4) - Digital Media data transport subsystem
dmBufferAllocate, dmBufferAllocateSize, dmBufferAttach, dmBufferFree, dmBufferGetAllocSize (3dm) - allocate and free a DMbuffer
dmBufferGetGLPoolParams (3dm) - configures pool parameters required for use by graphics
dmBufferGetImageType, dmBufferSetImageType (3dm) - set and get the DMimagetype of a DMbuffer
dmColorSetSubsamplingFilter, dmColorGetSubsamplingFilter (3dm) - set/get the subsampling filter type.
dmconf (1G) - Create, and load video format combinations for DM5 and Vpro Graphics
dmconvert (1) - digital media file conversion utility
dmDVAudioDecode (3dm) - implements DV and DVCPRO audio decompression
dmDVAudioDecoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMDVaudiodecoder structure
dmDVAudioDecoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMDVaudiodecoder
dmDVAudioDecoderGetParams (3dm) - get DV audio decoder parameter values
dmDVAudioDecoderReset (3dm) - fill decoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmDVAudioDecoderSetParams (3dm) - set DV Audio decoder parameter values
dmDVAudioEncode (3dm) - implements DV and DVCPRO audio encode
dmDVAudioEncoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMDVaudioencoder structure
dmDVAudioEncoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMDVaudioencoder
dmDVAudioEncoderGetFrameSize (3dm) - get DV audio encoder frame size
dmDVAudioEncoderGetParams (3dm) - get DV audio encoder parameter values
dmDVAudioEncoderReset (3dm) - fill encoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmDVAudioEncoderSetParams (3dm) - set DV Audio encoder parameter values
dmDVAudioHeaderGetParams (3dm) - get DV audio decoder parameter values
dmDVIAudioDecode (3dm) - decode audio data compressed using the IMA (Interactive Multimedia Association) Recommended ADPCM decompression, based on Intel's DVI algorithm.
dmDVIAudioDecoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMDVIaudiodecoder structure
dmDVIAudioDecoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMDVIaudiodecoder
dmDVIAudioDecoderGetParams (3dm) - get DVI audio decoder parameter values
dmDVIAudioDecoderReset (3dm) - fill decoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmDVIAudioDecoderSetParams (3dm) - set DVI Audio decoder parameter values
dmDVIAudioEncode (3dm) - compress audio data using the IMA (Interactive Multimedia Association) Recommended ADPCM compression, based on Intel's DVI algorithm.
dmDVIAudioEncoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMDVIaudioencoder structure
dmDVIAudioEncoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMDVIaudioencoder
dmDVIAudioEncoderGetParams (3dm) - get DVI audio encoder parameter values
dmDVIAudioEncoderReset (3dm) - fill encoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmDVIAudioEncoderSetParams (3dm) - set DVI Audio encoder parameter values
dmedia, dmIntro (3dm) - Introduction to the IRIS Digital Media Libraries
dmFS1016Decode (3dm) - implements the US Federal Standard 1016 4800/7200/9600 bits/s CELP (Code Excited Linear Predictive) Voice Coder.
dmFS1016DecoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMFS1016decoder structure
dmFS1016DecoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMFS1016decoder
dmFS1016DecoderGetParams (3dm) - get FS1016 decoder parameter values
dmFS1016DecoderReset (3dm) - fill decoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmFS1016DecoderSetParams (3dm) - set FS1016 decoder parameter values.
dmFS1016Encode (3dm) - implements the US Federal Standard 1016 4800/7200/9600 bits/s CELP (Code Excited Linear Predictive) Voice Coder.
dmFS1016EncoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMFS1016encoder structure
dmFS1016EncoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMFS1016encoder
dmFS1016EncoderGetParams (3dm) - get FS1016 encoder parameter values
dmFS1016EncoderReset (3dm) - fill encoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmFS1016EncoderSetParams (3dm) - set FS1016 encoder parameter values.
dmFXAllocateImageBuffers, dmFXFreeImageBuffers (3dm) - create and destroy image buffers for special effects
DMFXDialog (3dm) - A dialog class for plugins
dmFXDrawPixels, dmFXConvolve, dmFXScaleBias, dmFXMatrixMultiply (3dm) - pixel transfer operations for special effects
dmFXGetDataPtr, dmFXGetRowLength (3dm) - return a pointer to the pixels stored in a DMfxbuffer
dmFXGetDMBuffer (3dm) - return the DMbuffer associated with a DMfxbuffer
DMFXImageViewer (3dm) - An image viewer class for plugins
dmFXIsGLExtensionSupported (3dm) - Find out if a GL Extension is supported
dmFXJoinFields (3dm) - join two fields into a single frame
dmFXMergeResources (3dm) - load and merge plugin resources with those of the parent application
dmFXMovieRenderImage, dmFXMovieInsertImage, dmFXMovieRenderFields, dmFXMovieInsertFields (3dm) - transfer images between movies and special effects
dmG722Decode (3dm) - implements the ITU (International Telecommunication Union) Recommendation G.722 decompression.
dmG722DecoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMG722decoder structure
dmG722DecoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate an DMG722decoder
dmG722DecoderGetParams (3dm) - get G722 decoder parameter values
dmG722DecoderReset (3dm) - fill decoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmG722Encode (3dm) - implements the ITU (International Telecommunication Union) Recommendation G.722 compression.
dmG722EncoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMG722encoder structure
dmG722EncoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate an DMG722encoder
dmG722EncoderGetParams (3dm) - get G722 encoder parameter values
dmG722EncoderReset (3dm) - fill encoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmG726Decode (3dm) - implements ITU (International Telecommunication Union) Recommendation G.726 ADPCM decompression for input compressed bit stream of 40, 32 ,24, or 16 kbit/s and output data of 64 kbit/s A-law, mu-law, or linear PCM. G.726 replaced G.721 and G.723.
dmG726DecoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMG726decoder structure
dmG726DecoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMG726decoder
dmG726DecoderGetParams (3dm) - get G726 decoder parameter values
dmG726DecoderReset (3dm) - fill decoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmG726DecoderSetParams (3dm) - set G726 decoder parameter values
dmG726Encode (3dm) - implements ITU (International Telecommunication Union) Recommendation G.726 ADPCM compression for input of 64 kbit/s A-law, mu- law, or linear data and output of compressed bit stream of 40, 32 ,24, or 16 kbit/s. G.726 replaced G.721 and G.723.
dmG726EncoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMG726encoder structure
dmG726EncoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMG726encoder
dmG726EncoderGetParams (3dm) - get G726 encoder parameter values
dmG726EncoderReset (3dm) - fill encoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmG726EncoderSetParams (3dm) - set G726 encoder parameter values
dmG728Decode (3dm) - implements the ITU (International Telecommunication Union) Recommendation G.728 decompression (LD-CELP).
dmG728DecoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMG728decoder structure
dmG728DecoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMG728decoder
dmG728DecoderGetParams (3dm) - get G728 decoder parameter values
dmG728DecoderReset (3dm) - fill decoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmG728DecoderSetParams (3dm) - set G728 decoder parameter values.
dmG728Encode (3dm) - implements the ITU (International Telecommunication Union) Recommendation G.728 compression (LD-CELP).
dmG728EncoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMG728encoder structure
dmG728EncoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMG728encoder
dmG728EncoderGetParams (3dm) - get G728 encoder parameter values
dmG728EncoderReset (3dm) - fill encoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmGetError, dmGetErrorForPID (3dm) - retrieve an error number, message, and detail for Digital Media errors
dmGetUST, dmGetUSTCurrentTimePair (3dm) - get digital media Unadjusted System Time (UST)
dmGSMDecode (3dm) - implements the European GSM 06.10 provisional standard for full-rate speech transcoding, prI-ETS 300 036, which uses RPE/LTP (regular pulse excitation/long term prediction) coding at 13 kbit/s.
dmGSMDecoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMGSMdecoder structure
dmGSMDecoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMGSMdecoder
dmGSMDecoderGetParams (3dm) - get GSM decoder parameter values
dmGSMDecoderReset (3dm) - fill decoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmGSMEncode (3dm) - implements the European GSM 06.10 provisional standard for full-rate speech transcoding, prI-ETS 300 036, which uses RPE/LTP (regular pulse excitation/long term prediction) coding at 13 kbit/s.
dmGSMEncoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMGSMencoder structure
dmGSMEncoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMGSMencoder
dmGSMEncoderGetParams (3dm) - get GSM encoder parameter values
dmGSMEncoderReset (3dm) - fill encoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmi (2) - DMAPI internal system call
dmICAnyToAny, (3dm) - Any to Any image conversion utility function
dmICChooseConverter (3dm) - return an image converter that matches specified image parameters
dmICCreate, dmICDestroy (3dm) - create and destroy image converter context
dmNetDataFd (3dm) - return FD associated with a DMNetConnection
dmNetGetParams (3dm) - Get DMparams associated with a DMNetConnection
dmNetOpen, dmNetClose (3dm) - open/close a dmNet connection to another process
dmNetRegisterPool, dmNetRegisterBuffer (3dm) - register memory with dmNet
dmNetSend, dmNetRecv (3dm) - send and receive DMbuffers
dmParams: dmParamsCreate, dmParamsDestroy (3dm) - create and destroy digital media parameter/value lists
dmParamsFlatten, dmParamsUnflatten (3dm) - convert digital media parameter lists to and from byte strings
dmParamsGetElem, dmParamsGetElemType (3dm) - obsolete functions to get indexed elements in a digital media parameter/value list
dmParamsGetInt, dmParamsGetEnum, dmParamsGetString, dmParamsGetBinary, dmParamsGetFloat, dmParamsGetFract, dmParamsGetParams (3dm) - get values from digital media parameter/value lists
dmParamsGetIntArray, dmParamsGetEnumArray, dmParamsGetStringArray, dmParamsGetFloatArray, dmParamsGetFractArray (3dm) - get arrays of values from digital media parameter/value lists
dmParamsGetIntRange, dmParamsGetFloatRange, dmParamsGetFractRange (3dm) - get ranges of values from digital media parameter/value lists
dmParamsGetNumElems, dmParamsGetType, dmParamsIsPresent, dmParamsCopyElem, dmParamsCopyAllElems, dmParamsRemoveElem (3dm) - manipulate the contents of a digital media parameter/value list
dmParamsScan (3dm) - scan all entries of a digital media parameter/value list
dmParamsSetInt, dmParamsSetEnum, dmParamsSetString, dmParamsSetBinary, dmParamsSetFloat, dmParamsSetFract, dmParamsSetParams (3dm) - set values in digital media parameter/value lists
dmParamsSetIntArray, dmParamsSetEnumArray, dmParamsSetStringArray, dmParamsSetFloatArray, dmParamsSetFractArray (3dm) - set array values in digital media parameter/value lists
dmParamsSetIntRange, dmParamsSetFloatRange, dmParamsSetFractRange (3dm) - set range values in digital media parameter/value lists
dmplay (1) - digital media file player utility
dmPMConvertToByteStream (3dm) - saves away a special effect as a byte stream
dmPMCreateEffect, dmPMCreateEffectByName, dmPMDestroyEffect (3dm) - create and destroy special effects
dmPMCreateFromByteStream (3dm) - recreates a special effect from a byte stream
dmPMCreateManager, dmPMDestroyManager (3dm) - create and destroy special effects plugin-manager
dmPMGetAppShell (3dm) - retrieves the app shell widget used by the plugin- manager
dmPMGetDefaultPluginPathForType (3dm) - return the default path for plugins of a specific type
dmPMGetName, dmPMGetLocalName, dmPMGetPrefix, dmPMGetPathname, dmPMGetType (3dm) - retrieve the name, prefix, pathname or type of a plugin
dmPMGetPlugin, dmPMGetPluginByName, dmPMGetPluginByPathname, dmPMGetPluginFromEffect (3dm) - retrieve a pointer to a special effects plugin
dmPMGetPluginCount (3dm) - returns the number of initialized plugins
dmPMGetProperty (3dm) - retrieves a property of the specified plugin
dmPMGetSourceAUsage, dmPMGetSourceBUsage, dmPMGetDestUsage (3dm) - retrieves the usage bitmask of the plugin
dmPMHasDialog (3dm) - determine whether or not a plugin has a setup dialog
dmPMInitDirectory, dmPMInitDirectoryWithProgress (3dm) - initializes a directory of plugins
dmPMInitPlugin, dmPMFreePlugin, dmPMFreeAllPlugins (3dm) - initializes and frees plugins
dmPMProcessImageClip, dmPMProcessImageClipWithProgress (3dm) - apply special effects to movies
dmPMSetAudioCallback, dmPMSetVideoCallback (3dm) - sets the audio and video callbacks
dm_dv (3dm) - DV and DVCPRO image and audio compression programming with dmIC, dmAC and dmBuffers
dm_jpeg (3dm) - JPEG compression programming with dmIC and dmBuffers
dns (7P) - Domain Name Service
dn_ll, dn_netman (7) - 4DDN special files
doconfig (3N) - execute a configuration script
dodisk (1M) - performs disk accounting
domainname (1) - set or display name of current NIS domain
dominance (5) - MAC label comparison policy
DOPGTR (3S) - generate a real orthogonal matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors H(i) of order n, as returned by DSPTRD using packed storage
DOPMTR (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
dopup (3G) - displays the specified pop-up menu
DORG2L (3S) - generate an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
DORG2R (3S) - generate an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
DORGBR (3S) - generate one of the real orthogonal matrices Q or P**T determined by DGEBRD when reducing a real matrix A to bidiagonal form
DORGHR (3S) - generate a real orthogonal matrix Q which is defined as the product of IHI-ILO elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by DGEHRD
DORGL2 (3S) - generate an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
DORGLQ (3S) - generate an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
DORGQL (3S) - generate an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
DORGQR (3S) - generate an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
DORGR2 (3S) - generate an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
DORGRQ (3S) - generate an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
DORGTR (3S) - generate a real orthogonal matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by DSYTRD
DORM2L (3S) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
DORM2R (3S) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
DORMBR (3S) - VECT = 'Q', DORMBR overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
DORMHR (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
DORML2 (3S) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
DORMLQ (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
DORMQL (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
DORMQR (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
DORMR2 (3S) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
DORMR3 (3S) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
DORMRQ (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
DORMRZ (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
DORMTR (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
dotgen (6D) - make an image of two crossed sinusoidal wave patterns
DOT_PRODUCT (3I) - Performs dot-product multiplication of numeric or logical vectors
double (3G) - sets the display mode to double buffer mode
doublebuffer (3G) - sets the display mode to double buffer mode
DPBCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPBTRF
DPBEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a symmetric positive definite band matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
DPBRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite and banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DPBSTF (3S) - compute a split Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix A
DPBSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DPBSVX (3S) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DPBTF2 (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix A
DPBTRF (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix A
DPBTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric positive definite band matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPBTRF
dplace (1) - a NUMA memory placement tool
dplace (5) - NUMA placement specification
dplace_file, dplace_line, libdplace (3) - a library interface to dplace
DPOCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPOTRF
DPOEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a symmetric positive definite matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
DPORFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite,
DPOSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DPOSVX (3S) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DPOTF2 (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A
DPOTRF (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A
DPOTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPOTRF
DPOTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPOTRF
DPPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite packed matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPPTRF
DPPEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a symmetric positive definite matrix A in packed storage and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
DPPRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DPPSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DPPSVX (3S) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DPPTRF (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A stored in packed format
DPPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPPTRF
DPPTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric positive definite matrix A in packed storage using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPPTRF
DPROD, QPROD (3I) - Computes double-precision or quad-precision product of two real numbers
dprof (1) - a memory access profiling tool
dps (1) - Display PostScript imaging for the X Window System
dpsclock (1) - analog / digital clock using DPS
DPSLDLT_Destroy, DPSLDLT_ExtractPerm, DPSLDLT_Factor, DPSLDLT_FactorOOC, DPSLDLT_OOCLimit, DPSLDLT_OOCPath, DPSLDLT_Ordering, DPSLDLT_Preprocess, DPSLDLT_PreprocessZ, DPSLDLT_Solve, DPSLDLT_SolveM, DPSLDLT_Storage (3S) - Parallel sparse symmetric solver for linear systems of real equations
DPSLDU_Destroy, DPSLDU_ExtractPerm, DPSLDU_Factor, DPSLDU_FactorOOC, DPSLDU_OOCLimit, DPSLDU_OOCPath, DPSLDU_Ordering, DPSLDU_Preprocess, DPSLDU_PreprocessZ, DPSLDU_Solve, DPSLDU_SolveM, DPSLDU_Storage (3S) - Parallel sparse unsymmetric solver for linear systems of real equations
DPTCON (3S) - compute the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix using the factorization A = L*D*L**T or A = U**T*D*U computed by DPTTRF
DPTEQR (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix by first factoring the matrix using DPTTRF, and then calling DBDSQR to compute the singular values of the bidiagonal factor
DPTRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite and tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DPTSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
DPTSVX (3S) - use the factorization A = L*D*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
DPTTRF (3S) - compute the L*D*L' factorization of a real symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix A
DPTTRS (3S) - solve a tridiagonal system of the form A * X = B using the L*D*L' factorization of A computed by DPTTRF
DPTTS2 (3S) - solve a tridiagonal system of the form A * X = B using the L*D*L' factorization of A computed by DPTTRF
draw, drawi, draws, draw2, draw2i, draw2s (3G) - draws a line
drawmo (3G) - selects which GL framebuffer is drawable
drawmode (3G) - selects which GL framebuffer is drawable
drop (1) - a 3d skill game
DRSCL (3S) - multiplie an n-element real vector x by the real scalar 1/a
drv_getparm (D3) - retrieve kernel state information
drv_hztousec (D3) - convert clock ticks to microseconds
drv_priv (D3) - determine whether credentials are privileged
drv_setparm (D3) - set kernel state information
drv_thread_create, drv_thread_exit (3D) - create a kernel thread
drv_usectohz (D3) - convert microseconds to clock ticks
drv_usecwait (D3) - busy-wait for specified interval
ds (7M) - generic (user mode) SCSI driver
DSBEV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric band matrix A
DSBEVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric band matrix A
DSBEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric band matrix A
DSBGST (3S) - reduce a real symmetric-definite banded generalized eigenproblem A*x = lambda*B*x to standard form C*y = lambda*y,
DSBGV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
DSBGVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
DSBGVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
DSBTRD (3S) - reduce a real symmetric band matrix A to symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DSECND (3S) - return the user time for a process in seconds
dslib: dsopen, dsclose (3X) - communicate with generic SCSI devices
DSPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric packed matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSPTRF
DSPEV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A in packed storage
DSPEVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A in packed storage
DSPEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A in packed storage
DSPGST (3S) - reduce a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form, using packed storage
DSPGV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
DSPGVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
DSPGVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
DSPRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DSPSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DSPSVX (3S) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric matrix stored in packed format and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
DSPTRD (3S) - reduce a real symmetric matrix A stored in packed form to symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DSPTRF (3S) - compute the factorization of a real symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
DSPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a real symmetric indefinite matrix A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSPTRF
DSPTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a real symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSPTRF
DSTEBZ (3S) - compute the eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix T
DSTEDC (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the divide and conquer method
DSTEGR (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T
DSTEIN (3S) - compute the eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T corresponding to specified eigenvalues, using inverse iteration
DSTEQR (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the implicit QL or QR method
DSTERF (3S) - compute all eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the Pal-Walker-Kahan variant of the QL or QR algorithm
DSTEV (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix A
DSTEVD (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix
DSTEVR (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T
DSTEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix A
DSYCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSYTRF
DSYEV (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A
DSYEVD (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A
DSYEVR (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix T
DSYEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A
DSYGS2 (3S) - reduce a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
DSYGST (3S) - reduce a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
DSYGV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
DSYGVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
DSYGVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
DSYRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DSYSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DSYSVX (3S) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DSYTD2 (3S) - reduce a real symmetric matrix A to symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DSYTF2 (3S) - compute the factorization of a real symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
DSYTRD (3S) - reduce a real symmetric matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DSYTRF (3S) - compute the factorization of a real symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
DSYTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a real symmetric indefinite matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSYTRF
DSYTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a real symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSYTRF
DTaddcallback (3dm) - set a callback for the DAT audio data parser
DTatotime (3dm) - convert ASCII string to timecode
DTBCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
DTBRFS (3S) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular band coefficient matrix
DTBTRS (3S) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B or A**T * X = B,
DTcreateparser (3dm) - creates a DAT audio data parser
DTdeleteparser (3dm) - deletes a DAT audio data parser
DTframetohmsf (3dm) - convert DAT frame number to hours, minutes, seconds, frame
DTframetotc (3dm) - convert frame number to timecode
DTGEVC (3S) - compute some or all of the right and/or left generalized eigenvectors of a pair of real upper triangular matrices (A,B)
DTGEX2 (3S) - swap adjacent diagonal blocks (A11, B11) and (A22, B22) of size 1-by-1 or 2-by-2 in an upper (quasi) triangular matrix pair (A, B) by an orthogonal equivalence transformation
DTGEXC (3S) - reorder the generalized real Schur decomposition of a real matrix pair (A,B) using an orthogonal equivalence transformation (A, B) = Q * (A, B) * Z',
DTGSEN (3S) - reorder the generalized real Schur decomposition of a real matrix pair (A, B) (in terms of an orthonormal equivalence trans- formation Q' * (A, B) * Z), so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading diagonal blocks of the upper quasi-triangular matrix A and the upper triangular B
DTGSJA (3S) - compute the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of two real upper triangular (or trapezoidal) matrices A and B
DTGSNA (3S) - estimate reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or eigenvectors of a matrix pair (A, B) in generalized real Schur canonical form (or of any matrix pair (Q*A*Z', Q*B*Z') with orthogonal matrices Q and Z, where Z' denotes the transpose of Z
DTGSY2 (3S) - solve the generalized Sylvester equation
DTGSYL (3S) - solve the generalized Sylvester equation
DThmsftoframe (3dm) - convert hours, minutes, seconds, frame to DAT frame number.
dtimeout (D3) - execute a function on a specified processor after a specified length of time
DTinctime (3dm) - increment a DAT time code
DTintro (3dm) - Introduction to the Silicon Graphics DAT Audio Library (DT)
dtl2sgft (1) - Online Documentation Administration Utility for InfoSearch
DTparseframe (3dm) - parse a frame of DAT audio data
DTPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a packed triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
DTpnotodec (3dm) - convert BCD program number to decimal
DTPRFS (3S) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular packed coefficient matrix
DTPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a real upper or lower triangular matrix A stored in packed format
DTPTRS (3S) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B or A**T * X = B,
DTRCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
dtrebuild (1M) - ``desktop'' maintenance of AppleShare volumes
DTremovecallback (3dm) - remove a callback from the DAT audio data parser
DTresetparser (3dm) - resets a DAT audio data parser
DTREVC (3S) - compute some or all of the right and/or left eigenvectors of a real upper quasi-triangular matrix T
DTREXC (3S) - reorder the real Schur factorization of a real matrix A = Q*T*Q**T, so that the diagonal block of T with row index IFST is moved to row ILST
DTRID (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A*x = b, where A is an N-by-N tridiagonal matrix, and x and b are vectors of length N
DTRRFS (3S) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular coefficient matrix
DTRSEN (3S) - reorder the real Schur factorization of a real matrix A = Q*T*Q**T, so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading diagonal blocks of the upper quasi-triangular matrix T,
DTRSNA (3S) - estimate reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or right eigenvectors of a real upper quasi-triangular matrix T (or of any matrix Q*T*Q**T with Q orthogonal)
DTRSYL (3S) - solve the real Sylvester matrix equation
DTRTI2 (3S) - compute the inverse of a real upper or lower triangular matrix
DTRTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a real upper or lower triangular matrix A
DTRTRS (3S) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B or A**T * X = B,
DTsbtoa (3dm) - convert six-bit country and owner codes to ASCII string
DTsetdate (3dm) - set a date pack to the current time
dtshutdown (1M) - Notify desktop and shutdown the system
dtSounds (1) - customization panel for controlling desktop & system sounds
DTtctoframe (3dm) - convert DAT timecode structure to DAT frame number.
DTtcvalid (3dm) - check a dat timecode for validity
DTtimetoa (3dm) - convert timecode to ASCII string
dtUtilities (1) - customization panel for choosing viewers & editors
DTZRQF (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine DTZRZF
DTZRZF (3S) - reduce the M-by-N ( M<=N ) real upper trapezoidal matrix A to upper triangular form by means of orthogonal transformations
du (1M) - summarize disk usage
duart (7) - on-board serial ports
dump, dumpdates (5) - incremental dump format
dump, rdump (1M) - incremental filesystem backup for EFS filesystems
dumpcounts (1) - print out pixie .Counts file structure
duotone (6D) - make a color duotone image from a black and white image
dup (2) - duplicate an open file descriptor
dup2 (3C) - duplicate an open file descriptor
dupb (D3) - duplicate a message block
dupmsg (D3) - duplicate a message
dvhtool (1M) - modify and obtain disk volume header information
dwarf (4) - DWARF version 2 debugging information format
dwarfdump (1) - Dumps DWARF debug information of an ELF object
DxfToIv (1) - converts an Autodesk Data Exchange File format (.DXF) file to Open Inventor 2.0 format
DynaLoader (3) - Dynamically load C libraries into Perl code
DZSUM1 (3S) - take the sum of the absolute values of a complex vector and returns a double precision result
ecadmin (1) - configure and control the global event counters
ecfind (1) - report processes using process-based event counters
echo (1) - echo arguments
ecstats (1) - report global event counter activity
ecvt, fcvt, gcvt, ecvt_r, fcvt_r, ecvtl, fcvtl, gcvtl, ecvtl_r, fcvtl_r (3C) - convert floating-point number to string
ed, red (1) - text editor
edit (1) - text editor (variant of ex for casual users)
editob (3G) - opens an object definition for editing
editobj (3G) - opens an object definition for editing
editres (1) - a dynamic resource editor for X Toolkit applications
EPSILON (3I) - Returns r-1, where r is the smallest number greater than 1 in the numeric model
epsonESCP2 (1) - Epson Color Stylus printer driver
EQV (3I) - Computes logical equivalence
erf, erfc, derf, derfc, erfl, erfcl, qerf, qerfc (3F) - Error function and complementary error function
errnos (D5) - error numbers
error (3Tcl) - Generate an error
esballoc (D3) - allocate a message block using an externally-supplied buffer
esbbcall (D3) - call a function when an externally-supplied buffer can be allocated
esp (5) - Embedded Support Partner
esparchive (1) - archiving utility for Embedded Support Partner
espconfig is a utility provided for the configuration ESP from the command line. This utility bypasses the webserver and directly interacts with the ESP database. (1)
esplogger (1) - System Support logger
esplognote (1) - add a note to the ESP log from the command line
espnotify (1) - a generic command line notification utility for SGI Embedded Support Partner
espquery (1) - Database query for Embedded Support Partner
espreport (1) - is a utility provided for viewing various reports from ESP on the command line. This utility bypasses the webserver and directly interacts with the ESP database.
ethernet (7) - Ethernet controllers
ethers (4) - ethernet address to hostname database
fglEvalMesh1, fglEvalMesh2 (3G) - compute a one- or two-dimensional grid of points or lines
fglEvalPoint1, fglEvalPoint2 (3G) - generate and evaluate a single point in a mesh
fglFeedbackBuffer (3G) - controls feedback mode
fglFinish (3G) - block until all GL execution is complete
fglFinishAsyncSGIX (3G) - wait for completion of an asynchronous command
fglFlush (3G) - force execution of GL commands in finite time
fglFlushRasterSGIX (3G) - complete rasterization of previous GL commands
fglFogf, fglFogi, fglFogfv, fglFogiv (3G) - specify fog parameters
fglFogFuncSGIS (3G) - custom fog blending function
fglFragmentColorMaterialSGIX (3G) - cause a fragment material color to track the current fragment color
fglFragmentLightfSGIX, fglFragmentLightiSGIX, fglFragmentLightfvSGIX, fglFragmentLightivSGIX (3G) - set fragment light source parameters
fglFragmentLightModelfSGIX, fglFragmentLightModeliSGIX, fglFragmentLightModelfvSGIX, fglFragmentLightModelivSGIX (3G) - set the lighting model parameters
fglFragmentMaterialfSGIX, fglFragmentMaterialiSGIX, fglFragmentMaterialfvSGIX, fglFragmentMaterialivSGIX (3G) - specify fragment material parameters for the fragment lighting model
fglFrontFace (3G) - define front- and back-facing polygons
fglFrustum (3G) - multiply the current matrix by a perspective matrix
fglGenAsyncMarkersSGIX (3G) - reserve markers for tracking asynchronous commands
fglGenLists (3G) - generate a contiguous set of empty display lists
fglGenTextures (3G) - generate texture names
fglGenTexturesEXT (3G) - generate texture names
fglGetBooleanv, fglGetDoublev, fglGetFloatv, fglGetIntegerv (3G) - return the value or values of a selected parameter
fglGetClipPlane (3G) - return the coefficients of the specified clipping plane
fglGetColorTable (3G) - retrieve contents of a color lookup table
fglGetColorTableParameterfv, fglGetColorTableParameteriv (3G) - get color lookup table parameters
fglGetColorTableParameterfvSGI, fglGetColorTableParameterivSGI (3G) - get color lookup table parameters
fglGetColorTableSGI (3G) - retrieve contents of a color lookup table
fglGetConvolutionFilter (3G) - get current 1D or 2D convolution filter kernel
fglGetConvolutionFilterEXT (3G) - get current 1D or 2D convolution filter kernel
fglGetConvolutionParameterfv, fglGetConvolutionParameteriv (3G) - get convolution parameters
fglGetConvolutionParameterfvEXT, fglGetConvolutionParameterivEXT (3G) - get convolution parameters
fglGetDetailTexFuncSGIS (3G) - get detail texture scaling function
fglGetError (3G) - return error information
fglGetFragmentLightfvSGIX, fglGetFragmentLightivSGIX (3G) - return fragment light source parameter values
fglGetFragmentMaterialfvSGIX, fglGetFragmentMaterialivSGIX (3G) - return fragment material parameters
fglGetHistogram (3G) - get histogram table
fglGetHistogramEXT (3G) - get histogram table
fglGetHistogramParameterfv, fglGetHistogramParameteriv (3G) - get histogram parameters
fglGetHistogramParameterfvEXT, fglGetHistogramParameterivEXT (3G) - get histogram parameters
fglIndexd, fglIndexf, fglIndexi, fglIndexs, fglIndexub, fglIndexdv, fglIndexfv, fglIndexiv, fglIndexsv, fglIndexubv (3G) - set the current color index
fglIndexMask (3G) - control the writing of individual bits in the color index buffers
fglIndexPointer (3G) - define an array of color indexes
fglIndexPointerEXT (3G) - define an array of color indexes
fglInitNames (3G) - initialize the name stack
fglInstrumentsBufferSGIX, fglStartInstrumentsSGIX, fglReadInstrumentsSGIX, fglStopInstrumentsSGIX, fglPollInstrumentsSGIX, fglGetInstrumentsSGIX (3G) - take measurements from enabled instruments in the GL
fglInterleavedArrays (3G) - simultaneously specify and enable several interleaved arrays
fglIsAsyncMarkerSGIX (3G) - determine if a marker is reserved or in use
fglIsEnabled (3G) - test whether a capability is enabled
fglIsList (3G) - determine if a name corresponds to a display-list
fglIsTexture (3G) - determine if a name corresponds to a texture
fglIsTextureEXT (3G) - determine if a name corresponds to a texture
fglLightEnviSGIX (3G) - specify fragment lighting environment
fglLightf, fglLighti, fglLightfv, fglLightiv (3G) - set light source parameters
fglLightModelf, fglLightModeli, fglLightModelfv, fglLightModeliv (3G) - set the lighting model parameters
fglLineStipple (3G) - specify the line stipple pattern
fglLineWidth (3G) - specify the width of rasterized lines
fglListBase (3G) - set the display-list base for fglCallLists
fglListParameterfSGIX, fglListParameteriSGIX, fglListParameterfvSGIX, fglListParameterivSGIX (3G) - specify display list parameters
fglLoadIdentity (3G) - replace the current matrix with the identity matrix
fglLoadMatrixd, fglLoadMatrixf (3G) - replace the current matrix with the specified matrix
fglLoadName (3G) - load a name onto the name stack
fglLogicOp (3G) - specify a logical pixel operation for color index rendering
fglMap1d, fglMap1f (3G) - define a one-dimensional evaluator
fglMap2d, fglMap2f (3G) - define a two-dimensional evaluator
fglMapGrid1d, fglMapGrid1f, fglMapGrid2d, fglMapGrid2f (3G) - define a one- or two-dimensional mesh
fglMaterialf, fglMateriali, fglMaterialfv, fglMaterialiv (3G) - specify material parameters for the lighting model
fglMatrixMode (3G) - specify which matrix is the current matrix
fglMinmax (3G) - define minmax table
fglMinmaxEXT (3G) - define minmax table
fglMultMatrixd, fglMultMatrixf (3G) - multiply the current matrix with the specified matrix
fglNewList, fglEndList (3G) - create or replace a display list
fglNormal3b, fglNormal3d, fglNormal3f, fglNormal3i, fglNormal3s, fglNormal3bv, fglNormal3dv, fglNormal3fv, fglNormal3iv, fglNormal3sv (3G) - set the current normal vector
fglNormalPointer (3G) - define an array of normals
fglNormalPointerEXT (3G) - define a array of normals
fglOrtho (3G) - multiply the current matrix with an orthographic matrix
fglPassThrough (3G) - place a marker in the feedback buffer
fglPixelMapfv, fglPixelMapuiv, fglPixelMapusv (3G) - set up pixel transfer maps
fglPixelStoref, fglPixelStorei (3G) - set pixel storage modes
fglPixelTexGenParameterfSGIS, fglPixelTexGenParameteriSGIS, fglPixelTexGenParameterfvSGIS, fglPixelTexGenParameterivSGIS (3G) - affects the generation of texture coordinates in pixel operations
fglPixelTexGenSGIX (3G) - affects the generation of texture coordinates from pixel groups
fglPixelTransferf, fglPixelTransferi (3G) - set pixel transfer modes
fglPixelZoom (3G) - specify the pixel zoom factors
fglPointParameterfSGIS, fglPointParameterfvSGIS (3G) - set point parameters
fglPointSize (3G) - specify the diameter of rasterized points
fglPollAsyncSGIX (3G) - poll for completion of an asynchronous command
fglPolygonMode (3G) - select a polygon rasterization mode
fglPolygonOffset (3G) - set the scale and units used to calculate depth values
fglPolygonOffsetEXT (3G) - set parameters used to offset polygon depth
fglPolygonStipple (3G) - set the polygon stippling pattern
fglPrioritizeTextures (3G) - set texture residence priority
fglPrioritizeTexturesEXT (3G) - set texture residence priority
fglPushAttrib, fglPopAttrib (3G) - push and pop the server attribute stack
fglPushClientAttrib, fglPopClientAttrib (3G) - push and pop the client attribute stack
fglPushMatrix, fglPopMatrix (3G) - push and pop the current matrix stack
fglPushName, fglPopName (3G) - push and pop the name stack
fpgetmask, fpgetround, fpgetsticky, fpsetmask, fpsetround, fpsetsticky (3C) - fetch/set subfields of floating-point control status register of MIPS floating-point units
fpmode (1) - run a command in specified floating point and/or memory mode
fp_class, fp_class_d, fp_class_f (3C) - classes of IEEE floating-point values
FRACTION (3I) - Returns the fractional part of the numeric model representation of the argument value
frame (3Tk) - Create and manipulate frame widgets
fread, fwrite (3S) - binary input/output
freeb (D3) - free a message block
freemsg (D3) - free a message
freepu (3G) - deallocates a menu
freepup (3G) - deallocates a menu
freerbuf (D3) - free a raw buffer header
freesema (D3X) - free the resources associated with a semaphore
glEvalMesh1, glEvalMesh2 (3G) - compute a one- or two-dimensional grid of points or lines
glEvalPoint1, glEvalPoint2 (3G) - generate and evaluate a single point in a mesh
glFeedbackBuffer (3G) - controls feedback mode
glFinish (3G) - block until all GL execution is complete
glFinishAsyncSGIX (3G) - wait for completion of an asynchronous command
glFlush (3G) - force execution of GL commands in finite time
glFlushRasterSGIX (3G) - complete rasterization of previous GL commands
glFogf, glFogi, glFogfv, glFogiv (3G) - specify fog parameters
glFogFuncSGIS (3G) - custom fog blending function
glFragmentColorMaterialSGIX (3G) - cause a fragment material color to track the current fragment color
glFragmentLightfSGIX, glFragmentLightiSGIX, glFragmentLightfvSGIX, glFragmentLightivSGIX (3G) - set fragment light source parameters
glFragmentLightModelfSGIX, glFragmentLightModeliSGIX, glFragmentLightModelfvSGIX, glFragmentLightModelivSGIX (3G) - set the lighting model parameters
glFragmentMaterialfSGIX, glFragmentMaterialiSGIX, glFragmentMaterialfvSGIX, glFragmentMaterialivSGIX (3G) - specify fragment material parameters for the fragment lighting model
glFrontFace (3G) - define front- and back-facing polygons
glFrustum (3G) - multiply the current matrix by a perspective matrix
glGenAsyncMarkersSGIX (3G) - reserve markers for tracking asynchronous commands
glGenLists (3G) - generate a contiguous set of empty display lists
glGenTextures (3G) - generate texture names
glGenTexturesEXT (3G) - generate texture names
glGetBooleanv, glGetDoublev, glGetFloatv, glGetIntegerv (3G) - return the value or values of a selected parameter
glGetClipPlane (3G) - return the coefficients of the specified clipping plane
glGetColorTable (3G) - retrieve contents of a color lookup table
glGetColorTableParameterfv, glGetColorTableParameteriv (3G) - get color lookup table parameters
glGetColorTableParameterfvSGI, glGetColorTableParameterivSGI (3G) - get color lookup table parameters
glGetColorTableSGI (3G) - retrieve contents of a color lookup table
glGetConvolutionFilter (3G) - get current 1D or 2D convolution filter kernel
glGetConvolutionFilterEXT (3G) - get current 1D or 2D convolution filter kernel
glGetConvolutionParameterfv, glGetConvolutionParameteriv (3G) - get convolution parameters
glGetConvolutionParameterfvEXT, glGetConvolutionParameterivEXT (3G) - get convolution parameters
glGetDetailTexFuncSGIS (3G) - get detail texture scaling function
glGetError (3G) - return error information
glGetFragmentLightfvSGIX, glGetFragmentLightivSGIX (3G) - return fragment light source parameter values
glGetFragmentMaterialfvSGIX, glGetFragmentMaterialivSGIX (3G) - return fragment material parameters
glGetHistogram (3G) - get histogram table
glGetHistogramEXT (3G) - get histogram table
glGetHistogramParameterfv, glGetHistogramParameteriv (3G) - get histogram parameters
glGetHistogramParameterfvEXT, glGetHistogramParameterivEXT (3G) - get histogram parameters
glIndexd, glIndexf, glIndexi, glIndexs, glIndexub, glIndexdv, glIndexfv, glIndexiv, glIndexsv, glIndexubv (3G) - set the current color index
glIndexMask (3G) - control the writing of individual bits in the color index buffers
glIndexPointer (3G) - define an array of color indexes
glIndexPointerEXT (3G) - define an array of color indexes
glInitNames (3G) - initialize the name stack
glInstrumentsBufferSGIX, glStartInstrumentsSGIX, glReadInstrumentsSGIX, glStopInstrumentsSGIX, glPollInstrumentsSGIX, glGetInstrumentsSGIX (3G) - take measurements from enabled instruments in the GL
glInterleavedArrays (3G) - simultaneously specify and enable several interleaved arrays
glIntro (3G) - Introduction to OpenGL
glio_group_mpi, glio_group_shmem (3F) - Defines a group of processes to be associated with a global file.
glIsAsyncMarkerSGIX (3G) - determine if a marker is reserved or in use
glIsEnabled (3G) - test whether a capability is enabled
glIsList (3G) - determine if a name corresponds to a display-list
glIsTexture (3G) - determine if a name corresponds to a texture
glIsTextureEXT (3G) - determine if a name corresponds to a texture
glLightEnviSGIX (3G) - specify fragment lighting environment
glLightf, glLighti, glLightfv, glLightiv (3G) - set light source parameters
glLightModelf, glLightModeli, glLightModelfv, glLightModeliv (3G) - set the lighting model parameters
glLineStipple (3G) - specify the line stipple pattern
glLineWidth (3G) - specify the width of rasterized lines
glListBase (3G) - set the display-list base for glCallLists
glListParameterfSGIX, glListParameteriSGIX, glListParameterfvSGIX, glListParameterivSGIX (3G) - specify display list parameters
glLoadIdentity (3G) - replace the current matrix with the identity matrix
glLoadMatrixd, glLoadMatrixf (3G) - replace the current matrix with the specified matrix
glLoadName (3G) - load a name onto the name stack
glLogicOp (3G) - specify a logical pixel operation for color index rendering
glMap1d, glMap1f (3G) - define a one-dimensional evaluator
glMap2d, glMap2f (3G) - define a two-dimensional evaluator
glMapGrid1d, glMapGrid1f, glMapGrid2d, glMapGrid2f (3G) - define a one- or two-dimensional mesh
glMaterialf, glMateriali, glMaterialfv, glMaterialiv (3G) - specify material parameters for the lighting model
glMatrixMode (3G) - specify which matrix is the current matrix
glMinmax (3G) - define minmax table
glMinmaxEXT (3G) - define minmax table
glMultMatrixd, glMultMatrixf (3G) - multiply the current matrix with the specified matrix
glNewList, glEndList (3G) - create or replace a display list
glNormal3b, glNormal3d, glNormal3f, glNormal3i, glNormal3s, glNormal3bv, glNormal3dv, glNormal3fv, glNormal3iv, glNormal3sv (3G) - set the current normal vector
glNormalPointer (3G) - define an array of normals
glNormalPointerEXT (3G) - define a array of normals
glob (3G) - generate pathnames matching a pattern
glob (3Tcl) - Return names of files that match patterns
global (3Tcl) - Access global variables
glOrtho (3G) - multiply the current matrix with an orthographic matrix
glPassThrough (3G) - place a marker in the feedback buffer
glPixelMapfv, glPixelMapuiv, glPixelMapusv (3G) - set up pixel transfer maps
glPixelStoref, glPixelStorei (3G) - set pixel storage modes
glPixelTexGenParameterfSGIS, glPixelTexGenParameteriSGIS, glPixelTexGenParameterfvSGIS, glPixelTexGenParameterivSGIS (3G) - affects the generation of texture coordinates in pixel operations
glPixelTexGenSGIX (3G) - affects the generation of texture coordinates from pixel groups
glPixelTransferf, glPixelTransferi (3G) - set pixel transfer modes
glPixelZoom (3G) - specify the pixel zoom factors
glPointParameterfSGIS, glPointParameterfvSGIS (3G) - set point parameters
glPointSize (3G) - specify the diameter of rasterized points
glPollAsyncSGIX (3G) - poll for completion of an asynchronous command
glPolygonMode (3G) - select a polygon rasterization mode
glPolygonOffset (3G) - set the scale and units used to calculate depth values
glPolygonOffsetEXT (3G) - set parameters used to offset polygon depth
glPolygonStipple (3G) - set the polygon stippling pattern
glPrioritizeTextures (3G) - set texture residence priority
glPrioritizeTexturesEXT (3G) - set texture residence priority
glPushAttrib, glPopAttrib (3G) - push and pop the server attribute stack
glPushClientAttrib, glPopClientAttrib (3G) - push and pop the client attribute stack
glPushMatrix, glPopMatrix (3G) - push and pop the current matrix stack
glPushName, glPopName (3G) - push and pop the name stack
hwgraph.inv: device_inventory_add, device_inventory_get_next, device_controller_num_get, device_controller_num_set (D3X) - device inventory information
hwgraph.lblinfo: hwgraph_info_add_LBL, hwgraph_info_remove_LBL, hwgraph_info_replace_LBL, hwgraph_info_get_LBL, hwgraph_info_export_LBL, hwgraph_info_unexport_LBL (D3X) - manage labelled info in the hwgraph
hwgraph.legacy: gio_hwgraph_lookup, io4_hwgraph_lookup, vme_hwgraph_lookup (D3X) - legacy device hardware support
hwgraph.net: if_hwgraph_add, if_hwgraph_alias_add, if_hwgraph_alias_remove (D3X) - network device information
mpconf (3c) - multiprocessing control and information
mpeg (4) - MPEG compression format
MPI (1) - Introduction to the Message Passing Interface (MPI)
mpin, munpin (2) - lock pages in memory
mpirun (1) - Runs MPI programs
MPI_Abort (3) - Terminates the MPI execution environment
MPI_Address (3) - Gets the address of a location in memory
MPI_Allgather (3) - Gathers data from all tasks and distributes it
MPI_Allgatherv (3) - Gathers data from all tasks and delivers it
MPI_Alloc_mem (3) - Allocates special memory
MPI_Allreduce (3) - Combines values from all processes and distributes the result back to all processes
MPI_Alltoall (3) - Sends data from all processes to all processes
MPI_Alltoallv (3) - Sends data from all processes to all processes, with a displacement
MPI_Attr_delete (3) - Deletes an attribute value associated with a key
MPI_Attr_get (3) - Retrieves an attribute value by key
MPI_Attr_put (3) - Stores the attribute value associated with a key
MPI_Barrier (3) - Blocks until all processes have reached the routine at which the barrier is placed
MPI_Bcast (3) - Broadcasts a message from the process with a specified rank (called a root) to all other processes of the group
MPI_Bsend (3) - Performs a basic send with user-specified buffering
MPI_Bsend_init (3) - Creates a persistent communication request for a buffered send
MPI_Buffer_attach (3) - Attaches a user-defined buffer for sending
MPI_Buffer_detach (3) - Removes an existing buffer
MPI_Cancel (3) - Cancels a communication request
MPI_Cartdim_get (3) - Retrieves Cartesian topology information associated with a communicator
MPI_Cart_coords (3) - Determines process coordinates in Cartesian topology, given the rank in the group
MPI_Cart_create (3) - Makes a new communicator to which topology information has been attached
MPI_Cart_get (3) - Retrieves Cartesian topology information associated with a communicator
MPI_Cart_map (3) - Maps a process to Cartesian topology information
MPI_Cart_rank (3) - Determines the process rank in the communicator, given the Cartesian location
MPI_Cart_shift (3) - Returns the shifted source and destination ranks, given a shift direction and amount
MPI_Cart_sub (3) - Partitions a communicator into subgroups, which form lower-dimensional Cartesian subgrids
MPI_Comm_compare (3) - Compares two communicators
MPI_Comm_create (3) - Creates a new communicator
MPI_Comm_dup (3) - Duplicates an existing communicator with its cached information
MPI_Comm_free (3) - Marks the communicator object for deallocation
MPI_Comm_get_parent (3) - Return the parent intercommunicator of the current process
MPI_Comm_group (3) - Accesses the group associated with the given communicator
MPI_Comm_rank (3) - Determines the rank of the calling process in the communicator
MPI_Comm_remote_group (3) - Accesses the remote group associated with the given intercommunicator
MPI_Comm_remote_size (3) - Determines the size of the remote group associated with an intercommunicator
MPI_Comm_size (3) - Determines the size of the group associated with a communicator
MPI_Comm_spawn (3) - Starts a number of MPI processes and establishes communication with them, returning an intercommunicator
MPI_Comm_spawn_multiple (3) - Starts a number of MPI processes, possibly using multiple executables, and establishes communication with them, returning an intercommunicator
MPI_Comm_split (3) - Creates new communicators based on colors and keys
MPI_Comm_test_inter (3) - Tests to determine if a communicator is an intercommunicator
MPI_Constants (3) - Defines constants
MPI_Data_type (3) - Defines C and Fortran data types
MPI_Dims_create (3) - Creates a division of processors in a Cartesian grid
MPI_Errhandler_create (3) - Creates an MPI-style error handler
MPI_Errhandler_free (3) - Frees an MPI-style error handler
MPI_Errhandler_get (3) - Gets the error handler for a communicator
MPI_Errhandler_set (3) - Sets the error handler for a communicator
MPI_Errors (3) - Defines error codes
MPI_Error_class (3) - Converts an error code to an error class
MPI_Error_string (3) - Returns a string for a given error code
MPI_File_c2f (3) - Translates a C file handle to a Fortran file handle
MPI_File_close (3) - Closes a file
MPI_File_delete (3) - Deletes a file
MPI_File_f2c (3) - Translates a Fortran file handle to a C file handle
MPI_File_get_amode (3) - Returns the file access mode
MPI_File_get_atomicity (3) - Returns the atomicity mode
MPI_File_get_byte_offset (3) - Returns the absolute byte position from a view-relative offset
MPI_File_get_group (3) - Returns the group of processes that opened the file
MPI_File_get_info (3) - Returns a new information object
MPI_File_get_position (3) - Returns the current position of the individual file pointer in etype units relative to the current view
MPI_File_get_position_shared (3) - Returns the current position of the shared file pointer in etype units relative to the current view
MPI_File_get_size (3) - Returns the file size
MPI_File_get_type_extent (3) - Returns the extent of datatype in the file
MPI_File_get_view (3) - Returns the file view
MPI_File_iread (3) - Performs a nonblocking read using an individual file pointer
MPI_File_iread_at (3) - Performs a nonblocking read using an explict offset
MPI_File_iread_shared (3) - Nonblocking read using shared file pointer
MPI_File_iwrite (3) - Nonblocking write using individual file pointer
MPI_File_iwrite_at (3) - Performs a nonblocking write using an explict offset
MPI_File_iwrite_shared (3) - Nonblocking write using shared file pointer
MPI_File_open (3) - Opens a file
MPI_File_preallocate (3) - Preallocates storage space for a file
MPI_File_read (3) - Uses individual file pointer to read a file
MPI_File_read_all (3) - Uses individual file pointer to perform a collective read
MPI_File_read_all_begin (3) - Begin a split collective read using individual file pointer
MPI_File_read_all_end (3) - Complete a split collective read using individual file pointer
MPI_File_read_at (3) - Uses explicit offset to perform a read operation
MPI_File_read_at_all (3) - Uses explicit offset to perform a collective read operation
MPI_File_read_at_all_begin (3) - Begin a split collective read using explict offset
MPI_File_read_at_all_end (3) - Complete a split collective read using explict offset
MPI_File_read_ordered (3) - Collective read using shared file pointer
MPI_File_read_ordered_begin (3) - Begin a split collective read using shared file pointer
MPI_File_read_ordered_end (3) - Complete a split collective read using shared file pointer
MPI_File_read_shared (3) - Read using shared file pointer
MPI_File_seek (3) - Updates the individual file pointer
MPI_File_seek_shared (3) - Updates the shared file pointer
MPI_File_set_atomicity (3) - Sets the atomicity mode
MPI_File_set_info (3) - Sets new values for hints
MPI_File_set_size (3) - Sets the file size
MPI_File_set_view (3) - Sets the file view
MPI_File_sync (3) - Causes all previous writes to be transferred to the storage device
MPI_File_write (3) - Write using individual file pointer
MPI_File_write_all (3) - Performs a collective write using individual file pointer
MPI_File_write_all_begin (3) - Begin a split collective write using individual file pointer
MPI_File_write_all_end (3) - Complete a split collective write using individual file pointer
MPI_File_write_at (3) - Write using explicit offset
MPI_File_write_at_all (3) - Performs collective write using explicit offset
MPI_File_write_at_all_begin (3) - Begin a split collective write using explicit offset
MPI_File_write_at_all_end (3) - Complete a split collective write using explicit offset
MPI_File_write_ordered (3) - Collective write using shared file pointer
MPI_File_write_ordered_begin (3) - Begin a split collective write using shared file pointer
MPI_File_write_ordered_end (3) - Complete a split collective write using shared file pointer
MPI_File_write_shared (3) - Write using shared file pointer
MPI_Finalize (3) - Terminates the MPI execution environment
MPI_Free_mem (3) - Frees memory allocated by MPI_Alloc_mem
MPI_Gather (3) - Gathers values from a group of processes
MPI_Gatherv (3) - Gathers values into specified locations from all processes in a group
MPI_Get_address (3) - Gets the address of a location in memory
MPI_Get_count (3) - Returns the number of entries received in a message
MPI_Get_elements (3) - Returns the number of basic elements in a data type
MPI_Get_processor_name (3) - Gets the name of the processor
MPI_Graphdims_get (3) - Retrieves graph topology information associated with a communicator
MPI_Graph_create (3) - Makes a new communicator and attaches topology information
MPI_Graph_get (3) - Retrieves graph topology information associated with a communicator
MPI_Graph_map (3) - Maps a process to graph topology information
MPI_Graph_neighbors (3) - Returns the neighbors of a node associated with a graph topology
MPI_Graph_neighbors_count (3) - Returns the number of neighbors of a node associated with a graph topology
MPI_Group_compare (3) - Compares two groups
MPI_Group_difference (3) - Makes a group from the difference of two groups
MPI_Group_excl (3) - Produces a group by reordering an existing group and taking only unlisted members
MPI_Group_free (3) - Frees a group
MPI_Group_incl (3) - Produces a group by reordering an existing group and taking only listed members
MPI_Group_intersection (3) - Produces a group as the intersection of two existing groups
MPI_Group_range_excl (3) - Produces a group by excluding ranges of processes from an existing group
MPI_Group_range_incl (3) - Creates a new group from ranges of ranks in an existing group
MPI_Group_rank (3) - Returns the rank of this process in the given group
MPI_Group_size (3) - Returns the size of a group
MPI_Group_translate_ranks (3) - Translates the ranks of processes in one group to those in another group
MPI_Group_union (3) - Produces a group by combining two groups
MPI_Ibsend (3) - Starts a nonblocking buffered send
MPI_Info (3) - Allocates memory for MPI arguments
MPI_Init (3) - Initializes the MPI execution environment
MPI_Initialized (3) - Indicates whether MPI_Init(3) has been called
MPI_Intercomm_create (3) - Creates an intercommuncator from two intracommunicators
MPI_Intercomm_merge (3) - Creates an intracommuncator from an intercommunicator
mpi_io (3) - Introduction to the ROMIO implementation of MPI I/O routines
MPI_Iprobe (3) - Provides a nonblocking test for a message
MPI_Irecv (3) - Begins a nonblocking receive
MPI_Irsend (3) - Starts a nonblocking ready send
MPI_Isend (3) - Begins a nonblocking send
MPI_Issend (3) - Starts a nonblocking synchronous send
MPI_Keyval_create (3) - Generates a new attribute key
MPI_Keyval_free (3) - Frees the attribute key for the communicator cache attribute
MPI_Op_create (3) - Creates a user-defined combination function handle
MPI_Op_free (3) - Frees a user-defined combination function handle
MPI_Pack (3) - Packs a data type into contiguous memory
MPI_Pack_size (3) - Returns the upper bound on the amount of space needed to pack a message
MPI_Pcontrol (3) - Controls profiling
MPI_Probe (3) - Provides a blocking test for a message
MPI_Recv (3) - Provides a basic receive operation
MPI_Recv_init (3) - Builds a handle for a receive
MPI_Reduce (3) - Reduces values on all processes to a single value
MPI_Reduce_scatter (3) - Combines values and scatters the results
MPI_Request_free (3) - Frees a communication request object
MPI_Rsend (3) - Provides a basic ready send operation
MPI_Rsend_init (3) - Creates a persistent communication request for a ready send operation
MPI_Scan (3) - Computes the scan (partial reductions) of data on a collection of processes
MPI_Scatter (3) - Sends data from one task to all other tasks in a group
MPI_Scatterv (3) - Scatters a buffer in parts to all tasks in a group
MPI_Send (3) - Performs a basic send operation
MPI_Sendrecv (3) - Sends and receives a message
MPI_Sendrecv_replace (3) - Sends and receives using a single buffer
MPI_Send_init (3) - Creates a persistent communication request for a standard send operation
MPI_SGI_stat (3) - Returns MPI statistics
MPI_Ssend (3) - Performs a basic synchronous send operation
MPI_Ssend_init (3) - Creates a persistent communication request for a synchronous send operation
MPI_Start (3) - Initiates a communication with a persistent request handle
MPI_Startall (3) - Starts a collection of requests
MPI_Test (3) - Tests for the completion of a send or receive operation
MPI_Testall (3) - Tests for the completion of all previously initiated communications
MPI_Testany (3) - Tests for completion of any previously initiated communication
MPI_Testsome (3) - Tests for specified communications to complete
MPI_Test_cancelled (3) - Tests to see if a request was canceled
MPI_Thread (3) - Returns MPI thread information
MPI_Topo_test (3) - Determines the type of topology (if any) associated with a communicator
MPI_Transfer_of_handles (3) - Transfers a Fortran handle (which is an integer) to a C communicator handle, and vice versa.
MPI_Type_commit (3) - Commits the data type
MPI_Type_contiguous (3) - Creates a contiguous datatype
MPI_Type_create_darray (3) - Creates a data type corresponding to a distributed, multidimensional array
MPI_Type_create_hindexed (3) - Creates an indexed data type with offsets in bytes
MPI_Type_create_hvector (3) - Creates a vector (strided) data type with offset in bytes
MPI_Type_create_struct (3) - Creates a struct datatype
MPI_Type_create_subarray (3) - Creates a data type describing a subarray of a multidimensional array
MPI_Type_dup (3) - Duplicates an MPI datatype
MPI_Type_extent (3) - Returns the extent of a data type
MPI_Type_free (3) - Frees the data type
MPI_Type_get_contents (3) - Constructs new data types
MPI_Type_get_envelope (3) - Returns the number and type of input arguments
MPI_Type_hindexed (3) - Creates an indexed data type with offsets in bytes
MPI_Type_hvector (3) - Creates a vector (strided) data type with offset in bytes
MPI_Type_indexed (3) - Creates an indexed data type
MPI_Type_lb (3) - Returns the lower bound of a data type
MPI_Type_size (3) - Returns the number of bytes occupied by entries in the data type
MPI_Type_struct (3) - Creates a struct datatype
MPI_Type_ub (3) - Returns the upper bound of a data type
MPI_Type_vector (3) - Creates a vector (strided) data type
MPI_Unpack (3) - Unpacks a data type into contiguous memory
MPI_Wait (3) - Waits for an MPI send or receive to complete
MPI_Waitall (3) - Waits for all given communications to complete
MPI_Waitany (3) - Waits for any specified send or receive to complete
MPI_Waitsome (3) - Waits for specified communications to complete
MPI_Win (3) - Manipulates a memory region for one-sided communication
MPI_Wtick (3) - Returns the resolution of MPI_Wtime
MPI_Wtime (3) - Returns an elapsed time on the calling processor
mq_setattr (3c) - set attributes of a message queue
mq_unlink (3c) - remove a message queue
MrmCloseHierarchy (3X) - Closes a UID hierarchy
MrmFetchBitmapLiteral (3X) - Fetches a bitmap literal from a hierarchy
MrmFetchColorLiteral (3X) - Fetches a named color literal from a UID file
MrmFetchIconLiteral (3X) - Fetches an icon literal from a hierarchy
MrmFetchLiteral (3X) - Fetches a literal from a UID file
MrmFetchSetValues (3X) - Fetches the values to be set from literals stored in UID files
MrmFetchWidget (3X) - Fetches and creates an indexed (UIL named) application widget and its children
MrmFetchWidget (3X) - Fetches and creates any indexed (UIL named) application widgets and its children
MrmFetchWidgetOverride (3X) - Fetches any indexed (UIL named) application widget. It overrides the arguments specified for this application widget in UIL
MrmInitialize (3X) - Prepares an application to use MRM widget- fetching facilities
MrmOpenHierarchy (3X) - Allocates a hierarchy ID and opens all the UID files in the hierarchy
MrmOpenHierarchyFromBuffer (3X) - Allocates a hierarchy ID and opens a buffer containing a memory image of a UID file
MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay (3X) - Allocates a hierarchy ID and opens all the UID files in the hierarchy
MrmRegisterClass (3X) - Saves the information needed for MRM to access the widget creation function for user-defined widgets
MrmRegisterNames (3X) - Registers the values associated with the names referenced in UIL (for example, UIL callback function names or UIL identifier names)
MrmRegisterNamesInHierarchy (3X) - Registers the values associated with the names referenced in UIL within a single hierarchy (for example, UIL callback function names or UIL identifier names)
mrouted (1M) - IP multicast routing daemon
msalph (3G) - specifies treatment of alpha values during multisample rendering
msalpha (3G) - specifies treatment of alpha values during multisample rendering
msen_dom, msen_equal (3C) - compare two MSEN labels for the dominates/equal relationship
msen_free (3C) - free allocated memory
msen_from_mac (3C) - extract a sensitivity label from a mac_t
msen_from_text, msen_to_text (3C) - convert a MSEN string from/to msen_t
msg (5) - text formatting macros for IRIX messages
msgb (D4) - STREAMS message block structure
msgctl (2) - message control operations
msgdsize (D3) - return number of bytes of data in a message
msgget (2) - get message queue
msgop: msgsnd, msgrcv (2) - message operations
msgpullup (D3) - concatenate bytes in a message
msmask (3G) - specifies a multisample mask
mspatt (3G) - specifies a multisample sample pattern
mspattern (3G) - specifies a multisample sample pattern
mvGetFileFormat, mvGetLoopMode, mvGetLoopLimit, mvGetTitle, mvGetComment, mvGetOptimized, mvSetLoopMode, mvSetLoopLimit, mvSetTitle, mvSetComment (3dm) - get and set the properties of a movie
mvGetImageWidth, mvGetImageHeight, mvGetImageRate, mvGetImageCompression, mvGetImageInterlacing, mvGetImagePacking, mvGetImageOrientation, mvGetSpatialQuality, mvGetTemporalQuality, mvSetImageRate (3dm) - get and set the properties of a an image track
mvGetMovieCurrentTime, mvGetMovieGalleryTime, mvGetMoviePreviewTime, mvGetMovieSelectionTime, mvSetMovieCurrentTime, mvSetMovieGalleryTime, mvSetMoviePreviewTime mvSetMovieSelectionTime (3dm) - get and set movie times for special purposes
mvGetMovieGLContextState, mvSetMovieGLContextState (3dm) - set/get the GLContextState of a movie
mvGetMovieHwAcceleration, mvSetMovieHwAcceleration (3dm) - Set/get movie hardware acceleration
mvGetMoviePlayVolume, mvGetTrackPlayVolume, mvSetMoviePlayVolume, mvSetTrackPlayVolume (3dm) - get and set the volume of a movie or track
mvGetMovieTimeScale, mvSetMovieTimeScale, mvGetTrackTimeScale, mvSetTrackTimeScale (3dm) - get and set a movie or track timescale.
mvGetNumTracks (3dm) - determine number of tracks in a movie instance
mvGetParams, mvSetParams, mvAddUserParam, mvSetMovieDefaults (3dm) - get and set the parameters of a movie or track
mvGetTrackDataFieldInfo, mvSetTrackDataFieldInfo, mvTrackDataHasFieldInfo (3dm) - get track data info
mvGetTrackDuration, mvGetTrackOffset, mvGetMovieDuration, mvGetEstMovieDuration, mvSetTrackOffset (3dm) - get and set movie/track offset and duration.
mvGetTrackEnable, mvSetTrackEnable (3dm) - Enable/Disable a track
mvGetTrackLayer, mvSetTrackLayer (3dm) - set/get the layer of a track
mvGetTrackLength, mvGetScannedLength, mvGetTrackMedium, mvGetTrackId, mvGetTrackMovie, mvGetTrackDisplayWidth, mvSetTrackDisplayWidth, mvGetTrackDisplayHeight, mvSetTrackDisplayHeight, mvSetTrackSMPTEStart, mvGetTrackSMPTEStart (3dm) - get and set the properties of a track
mvGetTrackMaxDataSize, mvGetTrackMaxFieldSize (3dm) - convenience function to get the max data size of a track
mvGetTrackUserDataListHandle, mvGetMovieUserDataListHandle (3dm) - get user data dmParams of the track/movie
mvGrabOpenGL, mvReleaseOpenGL (3dm) - provide safe usage of graphics libraries from Movie Playback Library clients
mvInsertFramesAtTime: (3dm) - edit/manipulate a movie track
mvInsertTrackGapAtTime mvDeleteFramesAtTime, mvCopyFramesAtTime (3dm) - edit/manipulate a movie track
mvIntro (3dm) - introduction to the Movie Libraries
mvIsAppendOnly (3dm) - see if a movie instance is append-only
mvIsMovieFile, mvIsMovieFD, mvIsMovieMem (3dm) - identify movie instances
mvIsReadOnly (3dm) - see if a movie instance is read-only
mvMapBetweenTracks (3dm) - convert frame numbers between tracks
mvMatrix: mvSetMovieMatrix2dIdentity, mvSetMovieMatrix2d, mvGetMovieMatrix2d, mvSetTrackMatrix2dIdentity, mvSetTrackMatrix2d, mvGetTrackMatrix2d (3dm) - Matrix manipulation of movie and track
mvOptimize (3dm) - optimize a movie file for playback after editing operations, or create a flattened movie file
mvp (3dm) - Multiport Video Processor for the O2 system
mvPlay, mvStop, mvIsMovieStopped (3dm) - Start and stop movie playback
mvPlayAt, mvGetMovieSyncInfo, mvSetMovieSyncInfo (3dm) - Intra-application synchronization support
mvQueryInt, mvQueryDouble, mvQueryPointer (3dm) - query information about file formats
mvReadCompressedImage, mvGetCompressedImageSize, mvInsertCompressedImage (3dm) - read and write compressed images in a movie
mvReadTrackData, mvInsertTrackData, mvInsertTrackDataAtOffset, (3dm) - manipulate data in track
mvReadTrackDataFields, mvInsertTrackDataFields (3dm) - read and insert field based data
mvRenderMovieToAudioBuffer, mvGetAudioBufferSize (3dm) - Multi-track, time- based access of audio data from movies.
mvRenderMovieToOpenGL, mvRenderMovieToImageBuffer, mvRenderTrackToOpenGL (3dm) - display of visual data from movies and tracks
mvResizeOpenGLWindow (3dm) - Notify Movie Playback Library of window size changes
mvSetCurrentTime, mvGetCurrentTime (3dm) - Set/get the time which is currently playing
mvSetEnableAudio, mvGetEnableAudio (3dm) - Enable/disable audio playback for a movie instance
mvSetEnableVideo, mvGetEnableVideo (3dm) - Enable/disable video playback for a movie instance
mvSetImageDefaults mvSetAudioDefaults (3dm) - set default parameters for tracks
mvSetNumMoviesHint, mvGetNumMoviesHint (3dm) - Advise Movie Playback Library of number of simultaneously-playing movies
mvSetPlayEveryFrame, mvGetPlayEveryFrame (3dm) - Make movies play against time base, or without dropping frames
mvSetPlayLoopMode, mvGetPlayLoopMode, mvSetPlayLoopLimit, mvGetPlayLoopLimit, mvSetPlayLoopCount, mvGetPlayLoopCount (3dm) - Set/get movie playback loop mode, limit, and count.
mvSetPlaySpeed, mvGetPlaySpeed, mvGetCurrentDirection (3dm) - Control rate of playback for a movie instance
mvSetPrimaryAudio, mvGetPrimaryAudio (3dm) - Set/get the movie instance with control over the audio hardware
mvSetStartFrame, mvGetStartFrame, mvSetEndFrame, mvGetEndFrame, mvSetStartTime, mvGetStartTime, mvSetEndTime, mvGetEndTime, (3dm) - Set/get the frame or time at which movie playback should start/end
mvSetVideoDisplay, mvGetVideoDisplay (3dm) - Set/get movie video display mode.
mvSetVideoStillFrame, mvGetVideoStillFrame (3dm) - Set/get movie video output still frame
mvSetViewBackground, mvGetViewBackground (3dm) - Set background color of playback region for a movie instance
mvSetViewOffset, mvGetViewOffset, mvQueryViewOffset, mvSetViewSize, mvGetViewSize, mvQueryViewSize, mvSetViewOffsetAndSize, mvGetViewKeepAspect (3dm) - Change the location and size of the region for movie display inside a GL window
mvShowCurrentTime, mvShowCurrentFrame (3dm) - Display current movie frame on screen for a movie instance
mvTrackData: mvGetTrackNumDataIndex mvGetTrackDataInfo mvGetTrackDataOffset mvGetTrackDataIndexAtTime (3dm) - retrieve information about track data
mvTrackDataParams: mvGetTrackNumDataParams, mvAddTrackDataParams, mvSetTrackDataParams, mvGetTrackDataParams (3dm) - manipulate data in track
mvWrite, mvClose, mvDestroyMovie, (3dm) - write, close, and destroy movie instances
netprint (1M) - Submit lp print job to remote spooler via a network connection
netrc (4) - ftp auto-login initialization file
netscape (1) - the premier World Wide Web browser
netsnoop (1M) - capture and decode network traffic
netstat (1) - show network status
nettest, nettestd (1) - Performs client and server functions for timing data throughput
network (1M) - network initialization and shutdown script
networking (7) - introduction to networking facilities
networks (4) - network name database
newaliases (1) - rebuild the data base for the mail aliases file
newarraysess (2) - start a new array session
newer (1) - command for testing modification dates of two files
newfile (1) - perform file-creation tasks for printer scripts
newform (1) - change the format of a text file
newgrp (1) - log in to a new group
newhelp (1) - generate a performance metrics help database
newlabel (1) - run a process at another label
newproj (1) - switch to a new project
newpup (3G) - allocates and initializes a structure for a new menu
news (1) - print news items
newsess (1) - start a new array session
newtag (3G) - creates a new tag within an object relative to an existing tag
next, au, sun (4) - NeXT / Sun .au Audio File Formats
nfsd, biod, bio3d (1M) - NFS daemons
nfsSetup (1M) - Set up Network File System Service
nfsstat (1M) - display Network File System statistics
nfssvc, async_daemon (2) - NFS daemons
ngeteblk (D3) - get an empty buffer of the specified size
nice (1) - run a command at low priority
nice (2) - change priority of a time-sharing process
nic_vertex_info_set (D3) - decode NIC, label vertex nic_vertex_info_get (D3) - get decoded NIC data from vertex nic_vertex_info_match (D3) - check for NIC data match nic_vmc_add (D3) - establish callback based on NIC data match nic_vmc_del (D3) - deactivate NIC data match callback nic_access_mcr32 (D3) - common NIC access function
NINT, IDNINT, IQNINT (3I) - Converts to nearest integer
nis, yp, ypbind (7P) - Network Information Services Protocol (Client)
nisserv, ypserv (7P) - Network Information Services Protocol (Server)
nisSetup (1M) - Set up Network Information System
nl (1) - line numbering filter
nlist, nlist64 (3X) - Gets entries from name list
nl_langinfo (3C) - language information
nl_types (5) - native language data types
nm (1) - Print name list of object file(s)
nmode (3G) - specify renormalization of normals
noblack (6D) - remove all the black from an image
nobord (3G) - specifies a window without any borders
noborder (3G) - specifies a window without any borders
noderun (1) - Run process on specific node (advisory specification)
noenable (D3) - prevent a queue from being scheduled
nohup (1) - run a command immune to hangups and quits
pcibr_rrb_check (D3) - query RRB allocation pcibr_rrb_alloc (D3) - allocate RRBs for this slot pcibr_alloc_all_rrbs (D3) - allocate RRBs for slot group pcibr_set_rrb_callback (D3) - set up allocation callback
re (3) - Perl pragma to alter regular expression behaviour
read (1) - read a line from standard input
read (3Tcl) - Read from a file
read (D2) - read data from a device
read, readv, pread, pread64 (2) - read from file
readco (3G) - sets the component source within the framebuffer source for pixels that various routines read, useful primarily for monochrome image processing.
readcomponent (3G) - sets the component source within the framebuffer source for pixels that various routines read, useful primarily for monochrome image processing.
readdi (3G) - reads a rectangular screen region, returning displayed pixel colors in a packed RGB format.
readdisplay (3G) - reads a rectangular screen region, returning displayed pixel colors in a packed RGB format.
readlink (1) - prints the value of a symbolic link
readlink (2) - read the value of a symbolic link
readpi (3G) - returns values of specific pixels
readpixels (3G) - returns values of specific pixels
readRG (3G) - gets values of specific pixels
readRGB (3G) - gets values of specific pixels
readso (3G) - sets the source for pixels that various routines read
readsource (3G) - sets the source for pixels that various routines read
REAL, DREAL, QREAL, FLOAT, FLOATI, FLOATJ, FLOATK, DFLOAT, DFLOATI, DFLOATJ, DFLOATK, QFLOAT, QFLOATI, QFLOATJ, QFLOATK, SNGL, SNGLQ (3I) - Converts to type real
realpath (1) - prints the real file name
realpath (3C) - returns the real file name
realtime, scheduler (5) - introduction to real time and scheduler facilities
reaper (1) - manages a login session
reboot (1M) - reboot the system
recno (3) - record number database access method
rect, recti, rects (3G) - outlines a rectangular region
rectco (3G) - copies a rectangle of pixels with an optional zoom
rectcopy (3G) - copies a rectangle of pixels with an optional zoom
rectf, rectfi, rectfs (3G) - fills a rectangular area
rectimg (6D) - display a color or BW image on the iris
RectObj - The RectObj widget class
RectObj (3X) - The RectObj widget class
rectre, lrectr (3G) - reads a rectangular array of pixels into CPU memory
rectread, lrectread (3G) - reads a rectangular array of pixels into CPU memory
rectwr, lrectw (3G) - draws a rectangular array of pixels into the frame buffer
rectwrite, lrectwrite (3G) - draws a rectangular array of pixels into the frame buffer
rectzo (3G) - specifies the zoom for rectangular pixel copies and writes
rectzoom (3G) - specifies the zoom for rectangular pixel copies and writes
recv, recvfrom, recvmsg (2) - receive a message from a socket
recv, recvfrom, recvmsg (3N) - receive a message from a socket
regcmp (1) - regular expression compile
regcmp, regex (3G) - compile and execute regular expression
regcomp (5) - X/Open regular expressions definition and interface
rpc_svc_create: svc_create, svc_destroy, svc_dg_create, svc_fd_create, svc_raw_create, svc_tli_create, svc_tp_create, svc_vc_create (3N) - library routines for dealing with the creation of server handles
rpc_svc_err: svcerr_auth, svcerr_decode, svcerr_noproc, svcerr_noprog, svcerr_progvers, svcerr_systemerr, svcerr_weakauth (3N) - library routines for server side remote procedure call errors
sat_read_header_info, sat_free_header_info (3C) - Portable interfaces to read audit record headers
sat_reduce (1M) - filter interesting records from the system audit trail
sat_select (1M) - preselect events for the system audit trail to gather
sat_summarize (1M) - generate statistics on a stream of audit records
sat_write_filehdr, sat_close_filehdr (3) - write audit file header, write close time to audit file header
savecore (1M) - save a crash vmcore dump of the operating system
savemap (1G) - saves the current contents of the colormap
SAXPBY, DAXPBY, CAXPBY, ZAXPBY (3S) - Adds a scalar multiple of a Single precision or complex vector x to a scalar multiple of another Single precision or complex vector y
SAXPY, CAXPY, DAXPY, ZAXPY (3F) - Adds a scalar multiple of a real or complex vector to another real or complex vector
SAXPY, CAXPY, DAXPY, ZAXPY (3S) - Adds a scalar multiple of a real or complex vector to another real or complex vector
SBDSDC (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real N-by-N (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix B
SBDSQR (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real N-by-N (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix B
sbox, sboxi, sboxs (3G) - draw a screen-aligned rectangle
sboxf, sboxfi, sboxfs (3G) - draw a filled screen-aligned rectangle
SCAbort (3) - abort the current scan
scale (3G) - scales and mirrors the current matrix
SCALE (3I) - Returns (x)(b**i), where b is the base in the real number model representation of x
scale (3Tk) - Create and manipulate scale widgets
SCAN (3I) - Scans a string for any one of the characters in a set of characters
scan (3Tcl) - Parse string using conversion specifiers in the style of sscanf
scandir, scandir64, alphasort, alphasort64 (3C) - scan a directory
SCFFT, DZFFT, CSFFT, ZDFFT (3S) - Computes a real-to-complex or complex-to- real Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
SCFFT2D, DZFFT2D, CSFFT2D, ZDFFT2D (3S) - Applies a two-dimensional real-to- complex or complex-to-real Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
SCFFT3D, DZFFT3D, CSFFT3D, ZDFFT3D (3S) - Applies a three-dimensional real- to-complex Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
SCFFTF, SCFFTMF, SCFFT2DF, SCFFT3DF, DZFFTF, DZFFTMF, DZFFT2DF, DZFFT3DF (3S) - Deallocate memory tacked on to the table array during initialization
SCFFTM, DZFFTM, CSFFTM, ZDFFTM (3S) - Applies multiple real-to-complex or complex-to-real Fast Fourier Transforms (FFTs)
SCGetDataTypes (3) - determine the data types supported by a scanner
SCGetEventFD, SCEventPending, SCGetEvent (3) - Receiving events from scanner drivers
SCGetPageSize (3) - determine the scannable area of a scanning device
SCGetSaveOptions, SCSetSaveOptions (3) - Getting and setting saved scanner specific options
SCGetScanLine, SCGetFD, SCDataReady (3) - retrieving scan data
SCGetScannerRes, SCGetMinMaxRes (3) - Determining the resolutions supported by a scanner driver
SCGetScanSize (3) - Determine the amount of image data to be scanned
SCGetStatus, SCGetStatusFD (3) - Get status information about a scanner
SCGetUserInfo (3) - Get information about who is using a scanner
schedctl (2) - scheduler control call
sched_getparam (2) - get the scheduling parameters of a process
sched_getscheduler (2) - get the scheduling policy of a process
sched_get_priority_max, sched_get_priority_min (2) - get scheduling policy priority range
sched_rr_get_interval (2) - get round robin scheduling interval
sched_setparam (2) - set the scheduling parameters of a process
sched_setscheduler (2) - set the scheduling policy of a process
sched_yield (2) - yield the processor
schemebr (1) - customization panel for specifying color schemes
sclear (3G) - clear the stencil planes to a specified value
scope (6D) - explore an image of any size
SCOpen, SCOpenScreen, SCOpenFile (3) - establishing a connection with a scanning device
SCOptions, SCHasOptions (3) - scanner specific options
SCOPY, DCOPY, CCOPY, ZCOPY (3F) - Copies a real or complex vector into another real or complex vector
SCOPY, DCOPY, CCOPY, ZCOPY (3S) - Copies a real or complex vector into another real or complex vector
SCPerror, SCErrorString (3) - Reporting error messages to the user
scratchpad (1) - Display PostScript text "playground"
scrbox (3g) - control the screen box
screen (3G) - map world space to absolute screen coordinates
screenspace (3G) - map world space to absolute screen coordinates
script (1) - make typescript of terminal session
scrmas (3G) - defines a rectangular screen clipping mask
scrmask (3G) - defines a rectangular screen clipping mask
scrnat (3G) - attaches the input focus to a screen
scrnattach (3G) - attaches the input focus to a screen
scrnse (3G) - selects the screen upon which new windows are placed
scrnselect (3G) - selects the screen upon which new windows are placed
scrollbar (3Tk) - Create and manipulate scrollbar widgets
scrsave (6D) - save a part of the screen in an image file
scrsub (3G) - subdivide lines and polygons to a screen-space limit
scrsubdivide (3G) - subdivide lines and polygons to a screen-space limit
scr_dump (4) - format of curses screen image file.
SCScan, SCScanFD (3) - start scanning from a scanning device.
SCSetScanEnt, SCGetScanEnt, SCEndScanEnt (3) - Getting information about installed scanners
SCSetup (3) - set scanning parameters
scsiadminswap (1M) - perform a live plug or unplug of a scsi device
scsicontrol (1m) - probe and control scsi devices
scsidiskformat (1m) - low level format of SCSI, Fibre Channel devices.
scsidisktest (1m) - finds and reallocates bad blocks on SCSI and Fibre Channel Disks
scsifo (1m) - Show Failover status and initiate Failover.
scsiha (1m) - probe and control scsi buses
scsiha (7M) - SCSI bus and loop operation driver
scsihotswap (1M) - This command is no longer supported.
scsimodepage (1m) - display and edit Mode Pages for SCSI and Fibre Channel devices
scsiquiesce (1M) - stop all SCSI bus activity for a specific amount of time
scsi_abort (D3X) - abort a command previously issued by scsi_command
scsi_alloc (D3X) - allocate communication channel to host adapter driver
scsi_command (D3X) - issue a command to a SCSI device
scsi_free (D3X) - release communication channel to host adapter driver
scsi_info (D3X) - get information about a SCSI device
scsi_ioctl (D3X) - perform host adapter ioctl
SCSUM1 (3S) - take the sum of the absolute values of a complex vector and returns a single precision result
SDBM_File (3) - Tied access to sdbm files
sdiff (1) - side-by-side difference program
SDISNA (3S) - compute the reciprocal condition numbers for the eigenvectors of a real symmetric or complex Hermitian matrix or for the left or right singular vectors of a general m-by-n matrix
SDOT, DDOT, CDOTC, ZDOTC, CDOTU, ZDOTU (3F) - Computes a dot product (inner product) of two real or complex vectors
SDOT, DDOT, CDOTC, ZDOTC, CDOTU, ZDOTU (3S) - Computes a dot product (inner product) of two real or complex vectors
SET_IEEE_EXCEPTIONS (3I) - Restores the caller's floating-point status prior to exiting a procedure
SET_IEEE_INTERRUPTS (3I) - Restores floating-point interrupt status before exiting a procedure
SET_IEEE_ROUNDING_MODE (3I) - Alters current floating-point rounding mode state and restores the floating-point rounding mode before exiting a procedure
SET_IEEE_STATUS (3I) - Restores floating-point status
set_vacation (1) - turn on vacation for Netscape Messenger
sf2, SoundFont, SoundFont2 (4) - SoundFont Compatible Audio File Format
sfconvert (1) - convert soundfiles
sfinfo (1) - display soundfile information
sfkeywords (1) - soundfile keywords used in sfinfo, sfplay, and sfconvert
sfplay (1) - play soundfile
sfrecord, recordaifc, recordaiff (1) - record an audio file
SgArc (3X) - Arc widget designed for use with SgGraph.
SGBBRD (3S) - reduce a real general m-by-n band matrix A to upper bidiagonal form B by an orthogonal transformation
SGBCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a real general band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm,
SGBEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M- by-N band matrix A and reduce its condition number
SGBMV, DGBMV, CGBMV, ZGMBV (3F) - Multiplies a real or complex vector by a real or complex general band matrix
SGBMV, DGBMV, CGBMV, ZGMBV (3S) - Multiplies a real or complex vector by a real or complex general band matrix
sgbot (1) - robot to fetch and index web sites in sgsearch format
SGBRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SGBSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is a band matrix of order N with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
SGBSVX (3S) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
SGBTF2 (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a real m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
SGBTRF (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a real m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
SGBTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B or A' * X = B with a general band matrix A using the LU factorization computed by SGBTRF
SgColorChooser (3X) - The ColorChooser widget class
SgColorChooserGetColor (3X) - A ColorChooser function that gets the selected color of the ColorChooser
SgColorChooserSetColor (3X) - A ColorChooser function that sets the selected color of the ColorChooser
SgColorChooserSetCurrentColor (3X) - A ColorChooser function that sets the selected color of the ColorChooser without changing the stored color
SgColorChooserSetStoredColor (3X) - A ColorChooser function that sets the color of the ColorChooser's stored color swatch
sgcombine (1G) - Create, modify, query, load and save video format combinations
SgCreateColorChooser (3X) - The ColorChooser widget creation function
SgCreateColorChooserDialog (3X) - The ColorChooser ColorChooserDialog convenience creation function
SgCreateDropPocket (3X) - The DropPocket widget creation function
SgCreateDynaMenu (3X) - The DynaMenu widget creation function
SgCreateFileSelectionBox (3X) - The FileSelectionBox widget creation function
SgCreateFileSelectionDialog (3X) - The FileSelectionDialog convenience creation function
SgCreateFinder (3X) - The Finder widget creation function
SgCreateVisualDrawingArea (3X) - The VisualDrawingArea widget creation function
SgDial (3X) - The Dial widget class
sgdict (1) - build a dictionary of words for a fulltext index
SgDropPocket (3X) - The DropPocket widget class
SgDynaMenu (3X) - The DynaMenu widget class
SgDynaMenuAddItem (3X) - A DynaMenu function that adds an item to the DynaMenu history list
SgDynaMenuClearHistory (3X) - A DynaMenu function that deletes all items from the DynaMenu history list
SGEBAK (3S) - form the right or left eigenvectors of a real general matrix by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the balanced matrix output by SGEBAL
SGEBAL (3S) - balance a general real matrix A
SGEBD2 (3S) - reduce a real general m by n matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form B by an orthogonal transformation
SGEBRD (3S) - reduce a general real M-by-N matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form B by an orthogonal transformation
SGECON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a general real matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm, using the LU factorization computed by SGETRF
SGEEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M- by-N matrix A and reduce its condition number
SGEES (3S) - compute for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues, the real Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of Schur vectors Z
SGEESX (3S) - compute for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues, the real Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of Schur vectors Z
SGEEV (3S) - compute for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors
SGEEVX (3S) - compute for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors
SGEGS (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine SGGES
SGEGV (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine SGGEV
SGEHD2 (3S) - reduce a real general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SGEHRD (3S) - reduce a real general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SGELQ2 (3S) - compute an LQ factorization of a real m by n matrix A
SGELQF (3S) - compute an LQ factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A
SGELS (3S) - solve overdetermined or underdetermined real linear systems involving an M-by-N matrix A, or its transpose, using a QR or LQ factorization of A
SGELSD (3S) - compute the minimum-norm solution to a real linear least squares problem
SGELSS (3S) - compute the minimum norm solution to a real linear least squares problem
SGELSX (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine SGELSY
SGELSY (3S) - compute the minimum-norm solution to a real linear least squares problem
SGEMM, DGEMM, CGEMM, ZGEMM (3F) - Multiplies a real or complex general matrix by a real or complex general matrix
SGEMM, DGEMM, CGEMM, ZGEMM (3S) - Multiplies a real or complex general matrix by a real or complex general matrix
SGEMV, DGEMV, CGEMV, ZGEMV (3F) - Multiplies a real or complex vector by a real or complex general matrix
SGEMV, DGEMV, CGEMV, ZGEMV (3S) - Multiplies a real or complex vector by a real or complex general matrix
SGEQL2 (3S) - compute a QL factorization of a real m by n matrix A
SGEQLF (3S) - compute a QL factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A
SGEQP3 (3S) - compute a QR factorization with column pivoting of a matrix A
SGEQPF (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine SGEQP3
SGEQR2 (3S) - compute a QR factorization of a real m by n matrix A
SGEQRF (3S) - compute a QR factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A
SGER, DGER, CGERC, ZGERC, CGERU, ZGERU (3F) - Performs rank 1 update of a real or complex general matrix
SGER, DGER, CGERC, ZGERC, CGERU, ZGERU (3S) - Performs rank 1 update of a real or complex general matrix
SGERFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SGERQ2 (3S) - compute an RQ factorization of a real m by n matrix A
SGERQF (3S) - compute an RQ factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A
SGESC2 (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = scale* RHS with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization with complete pivoting computed by SGETC2
SGESDD (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real M-by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and right singular vectors
SGESUM, DGESUM, CGESUM, ZGESUM (3S) - Adds a scalar multiple of a real or complex matrix to a scalar multiple of another real or complex matrix
SGESV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SGESVD (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real M-by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and/or right singular vectors
SGESVX (3S) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SGETC2 (3S) - compute an LU factorization with complete pivoting of the n-by-n matrix A
SGETF2 (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a general m-by-n matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
SGETRF (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a general M-by-N matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
SGETRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a matrix using the LU factorization computed by SGETRF
SGETRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B or A' * X = B with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization computed by SGETRF
SgFileSelectionBox (3X) - The enhanced FileSelectionBox widget
SgFileSelectionBoxGetChild (3X) - A FileSelectionBox function used to access a component
SgFileSelectionBoxReplaceSuffix (3X) - A FileSelectionBox function used to replace the suffix of the current file name.
SgFinder (3X) - The Finder widget class
SgFinderAddHistoryItem (3X) - A Finder function that adds an item to the Finder history list
SgFinderClearHistory (3X) - A Finder function that deletes all items from the Finder history list
SgFinderGetChild (3X) - A Finder function used to access a widget component
SgFinderGetTextString (3X) - A Finder function that accesses the string value of the text field.
SgFinderSetTextString (3X) - A Finder function that sets the string value
SGGBAK (3S) - form the right or left eigenvectors of a real generalized eigenvalue problem A*x = lambda*B*x, by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the balanced pair of matrices output by SGGBAL
SGGBAL (3S) - balance a pair of general real matrices (A,B)
SGGES (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrices (A,B),
SGGESX (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrices (A,B), the generalized eigenvalues, the real Schur form (S,T), and,
SGGEV (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrices (A,B)
SGGEVX (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrices (A,B)
SGGGLM (3S) - solve a general Gauss-Markov linear model (GLM) problem
SGGHRD (3S) - reduce a pair of real matrices (A,B) to generalized upper Hessenberg form using orthogonal transformations, where A is a general matrix and B is upper triangular
SGGLSE (3S) - solve the linear equality-constrained least squares (LSE) problem
SGGQRF (3S) - compute a generalized QR factorization of an N-by-M matrix A and an N-by-P matrix B
SgGraph (3X) - An OSF/Motif-compatible graph widget.
SgGrid (3X) - The SgGrid widget class
SgGrid-The SgGrid widget class (3X)
SGGRQF (3S) - compute a generalized RQ factorization of an M-by-N matrix A and a P-by-N matrix B
SGGSVD (3S) - compute the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of an M-by-N real matrix A and P-by-N real matrix B
SGGSVP (3S) - compute orthogonal matrices U, V and Q such that N-K-L K L U'*A*Q = K ( 0 A12 A13 ) if M-K-L >= 0
sgi2ps (1) - convert an SGI image file to PostScript
SgIconGadget (3X) - the Icon widget class.
sgidladd (3c) - Opens a shared object and adds its variables to the name space.
sgigetdsoversion (3c) - Gets the interface version of a shared object
sgigsc (2) - SGI graphics system call
sgihelp (1) - The SGI Help Viewer
SGIHelpInit, SGIHelpMsg, SGIHelpIndexMsg (3) - help functions
sgikopt (2) - retrieve kernel option strings
SGImeeting (1) - Desktop Collaboration tool
sginap (2) - timed sleep and processor yield function
sgindexAdmin (1) - update infosearch index and table of contents
sginverter (1) - index an sgsearch dictionary
sgitcl (1) - Tcl shell for SGI
sgiXnmbxEnableCapability, sgiXnmbxReleaseCapability (3X) - enable and release stateful NMBX capabilities
sgiXnmbxGetExtendedVisualInfo, sgiXnmbxMatchExtendedVisualInfo, sgiXnmbxGetVisualCapabilities (3X) - obtain NMBX extended visual information
sgiXnmbxGetVersion, sgiXnmbxQueryExtension (3X) - query existence and version of NMBX extension
sgi_eag_mount (2) - mount a filesystem with attributes
sgi_getcapabilitybyname (3C) - get the default and allowed capability sets for a named user
sgi_getclearancebyname (3C) - get the default and allowed mac label range for a named user
sgi_revoke (2) - revoke access to a file
sgi_use_anyaddr (1) - disable reserved range for auto-placed mappings
sgmerge (1) - merge sgsearch fulltext indices
sgquery (1) - full -text search engine for sgsearch indices
sgreader (1) - translate HTML to an sgsearch formatted word file
sgset (D3X) - assign physical addresses to a vector of software scatter-gather registers
SgSpringBox (3X) - The SgSpringBox widget class
SGTCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a real tridiagonal matrix A using the LU factorization as computed by SGTTRF
SgThumbWheel (3X) - The ThumbWheel widget class
SgThumbWheelGetValue (3X) - A ThumbWheel function that returns the current wheel position
SgThumbWheelSetValue (3X) - A ThumbWheel function that sets the wheel value
SGTRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SGTSV (3S) - solve the equation A*X = B,
SGTSVX (3S) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B or A**T * X = B,
SGTTRF (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a real tridiagonal matrix A using elimination with partial pivoting and row interchanges
SGTTRS (3S) - solve one of the systems of equations A*X = B or A'*X = B,
SGTTS2 (3S) - solve one of the systems of equations A*X = B or A'*X = B,
SgVisualDrawingArea (3X) - A drawing area in an alternate visual
SgVisualDrawingAreaInstallColormap (3X) - Install a colormap for the VisualDrawingArea widget
SgVisualDrawingAreaUninstallColormap (3X) - Uninstall a colormap for the VisualDrawingArea widget
sh, rsh, ksh, rksh (1) - a standard/restricted command and programming language
SHAD, DHAD, CHAD, ZHAD (3S) - Computes the Hadamard product of two vectors
shadem (3G) - selects the shading model
shademodel (3G) - selects the shading model
shader (3G) - obsolete routine
shaderange (3G) - obsolete routine
shadow (4) - shadow password file
SHAPE (3I) - Returns the shape of an array or a scalar
sharefinder (1M) - locate shared resources on other workstations
sharefs (1M) - enable a filesystem/directory to be accessible by another host.
sharemgr (1M) - shared resource manager
sharePrinters (1M) - share local printers with remote hosts.
shareRemovableMedia (1M) - share a removable media device
Shell (3) - run shell commands transparently within perl
Shell (3X) - The Shell widget class
shells (4) - shell database
SHGEQZ (3S) - implement a single-/double-shift version of the QZ method for finding the generalized eigenvalues w(j)=(ALPHAR(j) + i*ALPHAI(j))/BETAR(j) of the equation det( A (3S) - w(i) B ) = 0 In addition, the pair A,B may be reduced to generalized Schur form
SHIFT (3I) - Performs a left circular shift
SHIFTA (3I) - Performs an arithmetic shift
SHIFTL (3I) - Performs a left shift with zero fill
SHIFTR (3I) - Performs a right shift with zero fill
shmem_barrier (3) - Performs a barrier operation on a subset of processing elements (PEs)
shmem_broadcast4, shmem_broadcast8, shmem_broadcast32, shmem_broadcast64 (3) - Broadcasts a block of data from one processing element (PE) to one or more target PEs
shmem_character_get, shmem_complex_get, shmem_double_get, shmem_float_get, shmem_get4, shmem_get8, shmem_get32, shmem_get64, shmem_get128, shmem_getmem, shmem_int_get, shmem_integer_get, shmem_logical_get, shmem_long_get, shmem_longdouble_get, shmem_longlong_get, shmem_real_get, shmem_short_get (3) - Transfers data from a specified processing element (PE).
shmem_character_put, shmem_complex_put, shmem_double_put, shmem_float_put, shmem_int_put, shmem_integer_put, shmem_logical_put, shmem_long_put, shmem_longdouble_put, shmem_longlong_put, shmem_put, shmem_put4, shmem_put8, shmem_put32, shmem_put64, shmem_put128, shmem_putmem, shmem_real_put, shmem_short_put (3) - Transfers data to a specified processing element (PE)
shmem_clear_lock, shmem_set_lock, shmem_test_lock (3) - Releases, locks, and tests a mutual exclusion memory lock
shmem_collect4, shmem_collect8, shmem_collect32, shmem_collect64, shmem_fcollect, shmem_fcollect4, shmem_fcollect8, shmem_fcollect32, shmem_fcollect64 (3) - Concatenates blocks of data from multiple processing elements (PEs) to an array in every PE
shmem_comp4_prod_to_all, shmem_comp8_prod_to_all, shmem_complexd_prod_to_all, shmem_complexf_prod_to_all, shmem_double_prod_to_all, shmem_float_prod_to_all, shmem_int_prod_to_all, shmem_int4_prod_to_all, shmem_int8_prod_to_all, shmem_long_prod_to_all, shmem_longdouble_prod_to_all, shmem_longlong_prod_to_all, shmem_real8_prod_to_all, shmem_real16_prod_to_all, shmem_real4_prod_to_all, shmem_short_prod_to_all (3) - Performs a product reduction across a set of processing elements (PEs)
shmem_comp4_sum_to_all, shmem_comp8_sum_to_all, shmem_complexd_sum_to_all, shmem_complexf_sum_to_all, shmem_double_sum_to_all, shmem_float_sum_to_all, shmem_int_sum_to_all, shmem_int4_sum_to_all, shmem_int8_sum_to_all, shmem_long_sum_to_all, shmem_longdouble_sum_to_all, shmem_longlong_sum_to_all, shmem_real4_sum_to_all, shmem_real8_sum_to_all, shmem_real16_sum_to_all, shmem_short_sum_to_all (3) - Performs a sum reduction across a set of processing elements (PEs)
shmem_comp4_xor_to_all, shmem_int_xor_to_all, shmem_int4_xor_to_all, shmem_int8_xor_to_all, shmem_long_xor_to_all, shmem_longlong_xor_to_all, shmem_short_xor_to_all (3) - Performs a reduction across a set of processing elements (PEs)
shmem_complex_iget, shmem_double_iget, shmem_float_iget, shmem_iget4, shmem_iget8, shmem_iget32, shmem_iget64, shmem_iget128, shmem_int_iget, shmem_integer_iget, shmem_logical_iget, shmem_long_iget, shmem_longdouble_iget, shmem_longlong_iget, shmem_real_iget, shmem_short_iget (3) - Transfers strided data from a specified processing element (PE)
shmem_complex_iput, shmem_double_iput, shmem_float_iput, shmem_int_iput, shmem_integer_iput, shmem_iput4, shmem_iput8, shmem_iput32, shmem_iput64, shmem_iput128, shmem_logical_iput, shmem_long_iput, shmem_longdouble_iput, shmem_longlong_iput, shmem_real_iput, shmem_short_iput (3) - Transfer strided data to a specified processing element (PE).
shmem_double_g, shmem_float_g, shmem_int_g, shmem_long_g, shmem_short_g (3) - Transfers one data item from a remote Processing Element (PE)
shmem_double_max_to_all, shmem_float_max_to_all, shmem_int_max_to_all, shmem_int4_max_to_all, shmem_int8_max_to_all, shmem_long_max_to_all, shmem_longdouble_max_to_all, shmem_longlong_max_to_all, shmem_real4_max_to_all, shmem_real8_max_to_all, shmem_real16_max_to_all, shmem_short_max_to_all (3) - Performs a maximum function reduction across a set of processing elements (PEs)
shmem_double_min_to_all, shmem_float_min_to_all, shmem_int_min_to_all, shmem_int4_min_to_all, shmem_int8_min_to_all, shmem_long_min_to_all, shmem_longdouble_min_to_all, shmem_longlong_min_to_all, shmem_real4_min_to_all, shmem_real8_min_to_all, shmem_real16_min_to_all, shmem_short_min_to_all (3) - Performs a minimum function reduction across a set of processing elements (PEs)
shmem_double_p, shmem_float_p, shmem_int_p, shmem_long_p, shmem_short_p (3) - Transfers one data item to a remote processing element (PE)
shmem_double_swap, shmem_float_swap, shmem_int_swap, shmem_long_swap, shmem_swap, shmem_int4_swap, shmem_int8_swap, shmem_real4_swap, shmem_real8_swap, shmem_longlong_swap (3) - Performs an atomic swap to a remote data object
shmem_fence (3) - Assures ordering of delivery of puts
shmem_group_create_strided, shmem_group_delete (3) - Create or delete a SHMEM process group object
shmem_int4_fadd, shmem_int8_fadd, shmem_int_fadd, shmem_long_fadd, shmem_longlong_fadd (3) - Performs an atomic fetch-and-add operation on a remote data object
shmem_int4_finc, shmem_int8_finc, shmem_int_finc, shmem_long_finc, shmem_longlong_finc (3) - Performs an atomic fetch-and-increment operation on a remote data object
shmem_int_and_to_all, shmem_int4_and_to_all, shmem_int8_and_to_all, shmem_long_and_to_all, shmem_longlong_and_to_all, shmem_short_and_to_all (3) - Performs a logical AND function across a set of processing elements (PEs)
shmem_int_cswap, shmem_int4_cswap, shmem_int8_cswap, shmem_long_cswap, shmem_longlong_cswap (3) - Performs an atomic conditional swap to a remote data object
shmem_int_or_to_all, shmem_int4_or_to_all, shmem_int8_or_to_all, shmem_long_or_to_all, shmem_longlong_or_to_all, shmem_short_or_to_all (3) - Performs a logical OR function reduction across a set of processing elements (PEs)
shmem_int_wait, shmem_int_wait_until, shmem_int4_wait, shmem_int4_wait_until, shmem_int8_wait, shmem_int8_wait_until, shmem_long_wait, shmem_long_wait_until, shmem_longlong_wait, shmem_longlong_wait_until, shmem_short_wait, shmem_short_wait_until, shmem_wait, shmem_wait_until (3) - Waits for a variable on the local processing element (PE) to change
shmem_my_pe, shmem_n_pes (3) - Returns processing element (PE) information
shmem_pe_accessible (3) - Determines whether a processing element (PE) is accessible via SHMEM data transfer operations
shmem_ptr (3) - Returns a pointer to a data object on a specified processing element (PE)
shmem_quiet (3) - Waits for completion of all outstanding remote writes issued by a processing element (PE)
shmem_short_add, shmem_int_add, shmem_int4_add, shmem_int8_add, shmem_long_add, shmem_longlong_add (3) - Performs an atomic add operation on a remote data object
shm_open (2) - establishes a connection between a shared memory object and a file descriptor
shm_unlink (2) - deletes a shared memory object
SHORT (3I) - Returns integer (KIND=2) result
showcase (1) - Basic drawing and presentation tool
showfiles (1M) - show files belonging to installed products
showfont (1) - font dumper for X font server
showlimits (1) - displays limits information from the user limits database
showmap (6D) - display the contents of the color map
showmount (1M) - show all remote NFS mounts
showprods (1M) - show products installed on system
showps (1) - Adobe Systems PostScript language document previewer.
showrgb (1) - uncompile an rgb color-name database
SHPALLOC (3F) - Allocates a block of memory from the symmetric heap
SHPCLMOVE (3F) - Extends a symmetric heap block or copies the contents of the block into a larger block
SHPDEALLC (3F) - Returns a memory block to the symmetric heap
SHSEIN (3S) - use inverse iteration to find specified right and/or left eigenvectors of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H
SHSEQR (3S) - compute the eigenvalues of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition H = Z T Z**T, where T is an upper quasi-triangular matrix (the Schur form), and Z is the orthogonal matrix of Schur vectors
shutdown (1M) - shut down system, change system state
shutdown (2) - shut down part of a full-duplex connection
shutdown (3N) - shut down part of a full-duplex connection
sid (1M) - print the current array session handle and/or project ID
sigaction (2) - software signal facilities (POSIX)
sigaltstack (2) - set or get signal alternate stack context
sigblock (3B) - block signals from delivery to process (4.3BSD)
siginfo (5) - signal generation information
siginterrupt (2) - allow signals to interrupt functions (X/Open XPG4)
SIGN, DSIGN, QSIGN, ISIGN, IISIGN, JISIGN, KISIGN (3I) - Transfers the sign of numbers
signal (2) - software signal facilities (System V)
signal (3B) - simplified software signal facilities (4.3BSD)
signal (5) - base signals
signals (D5) - signal numbers
sigpause (3B) - atomically release blocked signals and wait for interrupt (4.3BSD)
sigpending (2) - return set of signals pending for thread (POSIX)
sigprocmask (2) - alter and return previous state of the set of blocked signals (POSIX)
sigqueue (3) - queue a signal to a process (POSIX)
sigreturn (2) - returns from a signal handler.
sigsend, sigsendset (2) - send a signal to a process or a group of processes
SINH, DSINH, QSINH (3I) - Computes hyperbolic sine
sircmd (1) - Sirius Video configuration tool
sirius (7) - Sirius Video option
sir_avcapture (1) - Sirius Video and Audio capture tool
sir_avplayout (1) - Sirius Video and Audio output tool
sir_cursor (1) - Sirius Video cursor display tool
sir_disktovid (1) - Sirius Video transfer tool
sir_memtovid (1) - Sirius Video transfer tool
sir_vidtodisk (1) - Sirius Video transfer tool
sir_vidtomem (1) - Sirius Video transfer tool
sir_vlan (1) - Sirius Video configuration and command tool
sitemgr (1) - web content administration and publishing
sitemgr.cgi (1) - sitemgr primary Common Gateway Interface process
sitestat.cgi (1) - sitemgr HTTP log file analysis Common Gateway Interface process
size (1) - Prints the section sizes of object files
SIZE (3I) - Returns the total number of elements in an array
size (D2) - return size of logical block device
size64 (D2) - return size of logical block device
SIZEOF (3I) - Returns bytes of storage
SLABAD (3S) - take as input the values computed by SLAMCH for underflow and overflow, and returns the square root of each of these values if the log of LARGE is sufficiently large
SLABRD (3S) - reduce the first NB rows and columns of a real general m by n matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form by an orthogonal transformation Q' * A * P, and returns the matrices X and Y which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
SLACON (3S) - estimate the 1-norm of a square, real matrix A
SLACPY (3S) - copie all or part of a two-dimensional matrix A to another matrix B
SLADIV (3S) - perform complex division in real arithmetic a + i*b p + i*q = --------- c + i*d The algorithm is due to Robert L
SLAE2 (3S) - compute the eigenvalues of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix [ A B ] [ B C ]
SLAEBZ (3S) - contain the iteration loops which compute and use the function N(w), which is the count of eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix T less than or equal to its argument w
SLAED0 (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and corresponding eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the divide and conquer method
SLAED1 (3S) - compute the updated eigensystem of a diagonal matrix after modification by a rank-one symmetric matrix
SLAED2 (3S) - merge the two sets of eigenvalues together into a single sorted set
SLAED3 (3S) - find the roots of the secular equation, as defined by the values in D, W, and RHO, between 1 and K
SLAED4 (3S) - subroutine computes the I-th updated eigenvalue of a symmetric rank-one modification to a diagonal matrix whose elements are given in the array d, and that D(i) < D(j) for i < j and that RHO > 0
SLAED5 (3S) - subroutine computes the I-th eigenvalue of a symmetric rank-one modification of a 2-by-2 diagonal matrix diag( D ) + RHO * Z * transpose(Z)
SLAED6 (3S) - compute the positive or negative root (closest to the origin) of z(1) z(2) z(3) f(x) = rho + --------- + ---------- + --------- d(1)-x d(2)-x d(3)-x It is assumed that if ORGATI = .true
SLAED7 (3S) - compute the updated eigensystem of a diagonal matrix after modification by a rank-one symmetric matrix
SLAED8 (3S) - merge the two sets of eigenvalues together into a single sorted set
SLAED9 (3S) - find the roots of the secular equation, as defined by the values in D, Z, and RHO, between KSTART and KSTOP
SLAEDA (3S) - compute the Z vector corresponding to the merge step in the CURLVLth step of the merge process with TLVLS steps for the CURPBMth problem
SLAEIN (3S) - use inverse iteration to find a right or left eigenvector corresponding to the eigenvalue (WR,WI) of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H
SLAEV2 (3S) - compute the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix [ A B ] [ B C ]
SLAEXC (3S) - swap adjacent diagonal blocks T11 and T22 of order 1 or 2 in an upper quasi-triangular matrix T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SLAG2 (3S) - compute the eigenvalues of a 2 x 2 generalized eigenvalue problem A (3S) - w B, with scaling as necessary to avoid over-/underflow
SLAGS2 (3S) - compute 2-by-2 orthogonal matrices U, V and Q, such that if ( UPPER ) then U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 A2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 A3 ) ( x x ) and V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 B2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 B3 ) ( x x ) or if ( .NOT.UPPER ) then U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( A2 A3 ) ( 0 x ) and V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( B2 B3 ) ( 0 x ) The rows of the transformed A and B are parallel, where U = ( CSU SNU ), V = ( CSV SNV ), Q = ( CSQ SNQ ) ( -SNU CSU ) ( -SNV CSV ) ( -SNQ CSQ ) Z' denotes the transpose of Z
SLAGTF (3S) - factorize the matrix (T - lambda*I), where T is an n by n tridiagonal matrix and lambda is a scalar, as T (3S) - lambda*I = PLU,
SLAGTM (3S) - perform a matrix-vector product of the form B := alpha * A * X + beta * B where A is a tridiagonal matrix of order N, B and X are N by NRHS matrices, and alpha and beta are real scalars, each of which may be 0., 1., or -1
SLAGTS (3S) - may be used to solve one of the systems of equations (T - lambda*I)*x = y or (T (3S) - lambda*I)'*x = y,
SLAGV2 (3S) - compute the Generalized Schur factorization of a real 2-by-2 matrix pencil (A,B) where B is upper triangular
SLAHQR (3S) - i an auxiliary routine called by SHSEQR to update the eigenvalues and Schur decomposition already computed by SHSEQR, by dealing with the Hessenberg submatrix in rows and columns ILO to IHI
SLAHRD (3S) - reduce the first NB columns of a real general n-by-(n-k+1) matrix A so that elements below the k-th subdiagonal are zero
SLAIC1 (3S) - applie one step of incremental condition estimation in its simplest version
SLALN2 (3S) - solve a system of the form (ca A - w D ) X = s B or (ca A' - w D) X = s B with possible scaling ("s") and perturbation of A
SLALS0 (3S) - applie back the multiplying factors of either the left or the right singular vector matrix of a diagonal matrix appended by a row to the right hand side matrix B in solving the least squares problem using the divide-and-conquer SVD approach
SLALSA (3S) - i an itermediate step in solving the least squares problem by computing the SVD of the coefficient matrix in compact form (The singular vectors are computed as products of simple orthorgonal matrices.)
SLALSD (3S) - use the singular value decomposition of A to solve the least squares problem of finding X to minimize the Euclidean norm of each column of A*X-B, where A is N-by-N upper bidiagonal, and X and B are N- by-NRHS
SLAMCH (3S) - determine single precision machine parameters
SLAMRG (3S) - will create a permutation list which will merge the elements of A (which is composed of two independently sorted sets) into a single set which is sorted in ascending order
SLANGB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n band matrix A, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals
SLANGE (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real matrix A
SLANGT (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real tridiagonal matrix A
SLANHS (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a Hessenberg matrix A
SLANSB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n symmetric band matrix A, with k super-diagonals
SLANSP (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric matrix A, supplied in packed form
SLANST (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix A
SLANSY (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric matrix A
SLANTB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n triangular band matrix A, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals
SLANTP (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a triangular matrix A, supplied in packed form
SLANTR (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a trapezoidal or triangular matrix A
SLANV2 (3S) - compute the Schur factorization of a real 2-by-2 nonsymmetric matrix in standard form
SLAPLL (3S) - two column vectors X and Y, let A = ( X Y )
SLAPMT (3S) - rearrange the columns of the M by N matrix X as specified by the permutation K(1),K(2),...,K(N) of the integers 1,...,N
SLAPY2 (3S) - return sqrt(x**2+y**2), taking care not to cause unnecessary overflow
SLAPY3 (3S) - return sqrt(x**2+y**2+z**2), taking care not to cause unnecessary overflow
SLAQGB (3S) - equilibrate a general M by N band matrix A with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
SLAQGE (3S) - equilibrate a general M by N matrix A using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
SLAQP2 (3S) - compute a QR factorization with column pivoting of the block A(OFFSET+1:M,1:N)
SLAQPS (3S) - compute a step of QR factorization with column pivoting of a real M-by-N matrix A by using Blas-3
SLAQSB (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric band matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
SLAQSP (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
SLAQSY (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
SLAQTR (3S) - solve the real quasi-triangular system op(T)*p = scale*c, if LREAL = .TRUE
SLAR1V (3S) - compute the (scaled) r-th column of the inverse of the sumbmatrix in rows B1 through BN of the tridiagonal matrix L D L^T (3S) - sigma I
SLAR2V (3S) - applie a vector of real plane rotations from both sides to a sequence of 2-by-2 real symmetric matrices, defined by the elements of the vectors x, y and z
SLARF (3S) - applie a real elementary reflector H to a real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
SLARFB (3S) - applie a real block reflector H or its transpose H' to a real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
SLARFG (3S) - generate a real elementary reflector H of order n, such that H * ( alpha ) = ( beta ), H' * H = I
SLARFT (3S) - form the triangular factor T of a real block reflector H of order n, which is defined as a product of k elementary reflectors
SLARFX (3S) - applie a real elementary reflector H to a real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
SLARGV (3S) - generate a vector of real plane rotations, determined by elements of the real vectors x and y
SLARNV (3S) - return a vector of n random real numbers from a uniform or normal distribution
SLARRB (3S) - the relatively robust representation(RRR) L D L^T, SLARRB does ``limited'' bisection to locate the eigenvalues of L D L^T,
SLARRE (3S) - the tridiagonal matrix T, SLARRE sets "small" off-diagonal elements to zero, and for each unreduced block T_i, it finds (i) the numbers sigma_i (ii) the base T_i (3S) - sigma_i I = L_i D_i L_i^T representations and (iii) eigenvalues of each L_i D_i L_i^T
SLARRF (3S) - the initial representation L D L^T and its cluster of close eigenvalues (in a relative measure), W( IFIRST ), W( IFIRST+1 ), ..
SLARRV (3S) - compute the eigenvectors of the tridiagonal matrix T = L D L^T given L, D and the eigenvalues of L D L^T
SLARTG (3S) - generate a plane rotation so that [ CS SN ]
SLARTV (3S) - applie a vector of real plane rotations to elements of the real vectors x and y
SLARUV (3S) - return a vector of n random real numbers from a uniform (0,1)
SLARZ (3S) - applie a real elementary reflector H to a real M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
SLARZB (3S) - applie a real block reflector H or its transpose H**T to a real distributed M-by-N C from the left or the right
SLARZT (3S) - form the triangular factor T of a real block reflector H of order > n, which is defined as a product of k elementary reflectors
SLAS2 (3S) - compute the singular values of the 2-by-2 matrix [ F G ] [ 0 H ]
SLASCL (3S) - multiplie the M by N real matrix A by the real scalar CTO/CFROM
SLASD0 (3S) - a divide and conquer approach, SLASD0 computes the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real upper bidiagonal N-by-M matrix B with diagonal D and offdiagonal E, where M = N + SQRE
SLASD1 (3S) - compute the SVD of an upper bidiagonal N-by-M matrix B,
SLASD2 (3S) - merge the two sets of singular values together into a single sorted set
SLASD3 (3S) - find all the square roots of the roots of the secular equation, as defined by the values in D and Z
SLASD4 (3S) - subroutine computes the square root of the I-th updated eigenvalue of a positive symmetric rank-one modification to a positive diagonal matrix whose entries are given as the squares of the corresponding entries in the array d, and that 0 <= D(i) < D(j) for i < j and that RHO > 0
SLASD5 (3S) - subroutine computes the square root of the I-th eigenvalue of a positive symmetric rank-one modification of a 2-by-2 diagonal matrix diag( D ) * diag( D ) + RHO * Z * transpose(Z)
SLASD6 (3S) - compute the SVD of an updated upper bidiagonal matrix B obtained by merging two smaller ones by appending a row
SLASD7 (3S) - merge the two sets of singular values together into a single sorted set
SLASD8 (3S) - find the square roots of the roots of the secular equation,
SLASD9 (3S) - find the square roots of the roots of the secular equation,
SLASDA (3S) - a divide and conquer approach, SLASDA computes the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real upper bidiagonal N-by-M matrix B with diagonal D and offdiagonal E, where M = N + SQRE
SLASDQ (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix with diagonal D and offdiagonal E, accumulating the transformations if desired
SLASDT (3S) - create a tree of subproblems for bidiagonal divide and conquer
SLASET (3S) - initialize an m-by-n matrix A to BETA on the diagonal and ALPHA on the offdiagonals
SLASQ1 (3S) - compute the singular values of a real N-by-N bidiagonal matrix with diagonal D and off-diagonal E
SLASQ2 (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues of the symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix associated with the qd array Z to high relative accuracy are computed to high relative accuracy, in the absence of denormalization, underflow and overflow
SLASQ3 (3S) - check for deflation, computes a shift (TAU) and calls dqds
SLASQ4 (3S) - compute an approximation TAU to the smallest eigenvalue using values of d from the previous transform
SLASQ5 (3S) - compute one dqds transform in ping-pong form, one version for IEEE machines another for non IEEE machines
SLASQ6 (3S) - compute one dqd (shift equal to zero) transform in ping-pong form, with protection against underflow and overflow
SLASR (3S) - perform the transformation A := P*A, when SIDE = 'L' or 'l' ( Left-hand side ) A := A*P', when SIDE = 'R' or 'r' ( Right-hand side ) where A is an m by n real matrix and P is an orthogonal matrix,
SLASRT (3S) - the numbers in D in increasing order (if ID = 'I') or in decreasing order (if ID = 'D' )
SLASSQ (3S) - return the values scl and smsq such that ( scl**2 )*smsq = x( 1 )**2 +...+ x( n )**2 + ( scale**2 )*sumsq,
SLASV2 (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition of a 2-by-2 triangular matrix [ F G ] [ 0 H ]
SLASWP (3S) - perform a series of row interchanges on the matrix A
SLASY2 (3S) - solve for the N1 by N2 matrix X, 1 <= N1,N2 <= 2, in op(TL)*X + ISGN*X*op(TR) = SCALE*B,
SLASYF (3S) - compute a partial factorization of a real symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
SLATBS (3S) - solve one of the triangular systems A *x = s*b or A'*x = s*b with scaling to prevent overflow, where A is an upper or lower triangular band matrix
SLATDF (3S) - use the LU factorization of the n-by-n matrix Z computed by SGETC2 and computes a contribution to the reciprocal Dif-estimate by solving Z * x = b for x, and choosing the r.h.s
SlaToIv (1) - convert an SLA format file into an Open Inventor 2.0 file.
SLATPS (3S) - solve one of the triangular systems A *x = s*b or A'*x = s*b with scaling to prevent overflow, where A is an upper or lower triangular matrix stored in packed form
SLATRD (3S) - reduce NB rows and columns of a real symmetric matrix A to symmetric tridiagonal form by an orthogonal similarity transformation Q' * A * Q, and returns the matrices V and W which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
SLATRS (3S) - solve one of the triangular systems A *x = s*b or A'*x = s*b with scaling to prevent overflow
SLATRZ (3S) - factor the M-by-(M+L) real upper trapezoidal matrix [ A1 A2 ] = [ A(1:M,1:M) A(1:M,N-L+1:N) ] as ( R 0 ) * Z, by means of orthogonal transformations
SLATZM (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine SORMRZ
SLAUU2 (3S) - compute the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of the array A
SLAUUM (3S) - compute the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of the array A
SLCancelJob (3) - cancels a queued printer job
sleep (1) - suspend execution for an interval
sleep (3C) - suspend execution for interval
sleep (3F) - suspend execution for an interval
sleep (D3) - suspend process execution pending occurrence of an event
SNRM2, DNRM2, SCNRM2, DZNRM2 (3F) - Computes the Euclidean norm of a vector
SNRM2, DNRM2, SCNRM2, DZNRM2 (3S) - Computes the Euclidean norm of a vector
socket (2) - create an endpoint for communication
socket (3N) - create an endpoint for communication
Socket, sockaddr_in, sockaddr_un, inet_aton, inet_ntoa (3) - load the C socket.h defines and structure manipulators
socketpair (2) - create a pair of connected sockets
socketpair (3N) - create a pair of connected sockets
SoftimageToIv (1) - convert a Softimage .hrc file to Open Inventor 2.0 format
SOPGTR (3S) - generate a real orthogonal matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors H(i) of order n, as returned by SSPTRD using packed storage
SOPMTR (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
SORG2L (3S) - generate an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
SORG2R (3S) - generate an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
SORGBR (3S) - generate one of the real orthogonal matrices Q or P**T determined by SGEBRD when reducing a real matrix A to bidiagonal form
SORGHR (3S) - generate a real orthogonal matrix Q which is defined as the product of IHI-ILO elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by SGEHRD
SORGL2 (3S) - generate an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
SORGLQ (3S) - generate an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
SORGQL (3S) - generate an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
SORGQR (3S) - generate an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
SORGR2 (3S) - generate an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
SORGRQ (3S) - generate an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
SORGTR (3S) - generate a real orthogonal matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by SSYTRD
SORM2L (3S) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
SORM2R (3S) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
SORMBR (3S) - VECT = 'Q', SORMBR overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
SORMHR (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
SORML2 (3S) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
SORMLQ (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
SORMQL (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
SORMQR (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
SORMR2 (3S) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
SORMR3 (3S) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
SORMRQ (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
SORMRZ (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
SORMTR (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
sort (1) - sort and/or merge files
sounddesigner2, sd2, sdII (4) - Sound Designer II Audio File Format
soundeditor (1) - digital audio recorder/editor
soundplayer (1) - sound playback application
soundscheme (1) - audio cue server (daemon)
soundtrack (1) - multitrack digital audio recorder/editor
source (3Tcl) - Evaluate a file as a Tcl script
SPACING (3I) - Returns the absolute spacing of real model numbers near the argument value
SPBCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPBTRF
SPBEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a symmetric positive definite band matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
SPBRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite and banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SPBSTF (3S) - compute a split Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix A
SPBSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SPBSVX (3S) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SPBTF2 (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix A
SPBTRF (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix A
SPBTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric positive definite band matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPBTRF
spclos (3G) - obsolete routine
SpeedShop, speedshop (1) - an integrated package of performance tools
sphbbp, sphebp (3G) - delimit specification of bitmapped spheres
sphbgnbitmap, sphendbitmap (3G) - delimit specification of bitmapped spheres
sphclr (3L) - set the diffuse r, g, b color components of bitmapped spheres.
sphcolor (3L) - set the diffuse r, g, b color components of bitmapped spheres.
sphdra (3L) - draw a sphere
sphdraw (3L) - draw a sphere
sphfre (3L) - free all internal sphere objects in the Sphere Library's internal cache
sphfree (3L) - free all internal sphere objects in the Sphere Library's internal cache
sphgnp (3L) - return the number of polygons for the current set of sphere attributes.
sphgnpolys (3L) - return the number of polygons for the current set of sphere attributes.
sphmod (3L) - set sphere attributes
sphmode (3L) - set sphere attributes
sphobj (3L) - create a GL object containing a sphere
sphrma (3L) - orient spheres
sphrotmatrix (3L) - orient spheres
spl (D3) - block/allow interrupts on a processor
splf, splfi, splfs, splf2, splf2i, splf2s (3G) - draws a shaded filled polygon
split (1) - split a file into pieces
split (3Tcl) - Split a string into a proper Tcl list
SPOCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPOTRF
SPOEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a symmetric positive definite matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
spoolserv (1M) - a print queue information daemon
SPORFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite,
SPOSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SPOSVX (3S) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SPOTF2 (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A
SPOTRF (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A
SPOTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPOTRF
SPOTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPOTRF
SPPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite packed matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPPTRF
SPPEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a symmetric positive definite matrix A in packed storage and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
SPPRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SPPSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SPPSVX (3S) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SPPTRF (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A stored in packed format
SPPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPPTRF
SPPTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric positive definite matrix A in packed storage using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPPTRF
spray (1M) - spray packets
spray (3N) - scatter data in order to check the network
sprayd (1M) - spray server
SPREAD (3I) - Constructs an array from several copies of an argument
sproc, sprocsp, nsproc (2) - create a new share group process
sprofil (2) - execution time profile for disjoint text spaces
SPTCON (3S) - compute the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix using the factorization A = L*D*L**T or A = U**T*D*U computed by SPTTRF
SPTEQR (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix by first factoring the matrix using SPTTRF, and then calling SBDSQR to compute the singular values of the bidiagonal factor
SPTRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite and tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SPTSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
SPTSVX (3S) - use the factorization A = L*D*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
SPTTRF (3S) - compute the L*D*L' factorization of a real symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix A
SPTTRS (3S) - solve a tridiagonal system of the form A * X = B using the L*D*L' factorization of A computed by SPTTRF
SPTTS2 (3S) - solve a tridiagonal system of the form A * X = B using the L*D*L' factorization of A computed by SPTTRF
SROTM, DROTM (3F) - Applies a modified Givens plane rotation
SROTM, DROTM (3S) - Applies a modified Givens plane rotation
SROTMG, DROTMG (3F) - Constructs a modified Givens plane rotation
SROTMG, DROTMG (3S) - Constructs a modified Givens plane rotation
SRSCL (3S) - multiplie an n-element real vector x by the real scalar 1/a
srv (D2) - service queued messages
ssaver (1) - customization panel for setting screen saver & power saver
SSBEV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric band matrix A
SSBEVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric band matrix A
SSBEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric band matrix A
SSBGST (3S) - reduce a real symmetric-definite banded generalized eigenproblem A*x = lambda*B*x to standard form C*y = lambda*y,
SSBGV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
SSBGVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
SSBGVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
SSBMV, DSBMV (3F) - Multiplies a real vector by a real symmetric band matrix
SSBMV, DSBMV (3S) - Multiplies a real vector by a real symmetric band matrix
SSBTRD (3S) - reduce a real symmetric band matrix A to symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SSCAL, DSCAL, CSSCAL, ZDSCAL, CSCAL, ZSCAL (3F) - Scales a real or complex vector
SSCAL, DSCAL, CSSCAL, ZDSCAL, CSCAL, ZSCAL (3S) - Scales a real or complex vector
sscord (1) - explore working set behavior and generate cord feedback files
ssdi.conf (4) - Standardized Systems Database Interface (SSDI) configuration file
ssdi_get_config_and_load (3C) - consult configuration file and load DSO corresponding to the source for a given system database
ssdoallexp (1) - script to run all experiments, prof, ssdump, etc. on an executable
ssdoexp (1) - script to run an experiment, and invoke prof and ssdump on it
ssdump (1) - print out the contents of SpeedShop performance experiment data files
ssignal, gsignal (3C) - software signals
ssorder (1) - compute and write cord feedback files from working set data
SSPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric packed matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by SSPTRF
ssperf (1) - SpeedShop Performance Analyzer
SSPEV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A in packed storage
SSPEVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A in packed storage
SSPEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A in packed storage
SSPGST (3S) - reduce a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form, using packed storage
SSPGV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
SSPGVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
SSPGVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
SSPMV, DSPMV (3F) - Multiplies a real or complex symmetric packed matrix by a real or complex vector
SSPMV, DSPMV, CSPMV, ZSPMV (3S) - Multiplies a real or complex symmetric packed matrix by a real or complex vector
SSPR, DSPR (3F) - Performs symmetric rank 1 update of a real or complex symmetric packed matrix
SSPR, DSPR, CSPR, ZSPR (3S) - Performs symmetric rank 1 update of a real or complex symmetric packed matrix
SSPR2, DSPR2 (3F) - Performs symmetric rank 2 update of a real symmetric packed matrix
SSPR2, DSPR2 (3S) - Performs symmetric rank 2 update of a real symmetric packed matrix
SSPRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SSPSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SSPSVX (3S) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric matrix stored in packed format and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
SSPTRD (3S) - reduce a real symmetric matrix A stored in packed form to symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SSPTRF (3S) - compute the factorization of a real symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
SSPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a real symmetric indefinite matrix A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by SSPTRF
SSPTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a real symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by SSPTRF
ssrt_caliper_point, ssrt_buffer_clear (3F) - SpeedShop runtime library for Fortran applications
ssrun (1) - set up and run a process to collect SpeedShop performance data
SSTEBZ (3S) - compute the eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix T
SSTEDC (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the divide and conquer method
SSTEGR (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T
SSTEIN (3S) - compute the eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T corresponding to specified eigenvalues, using inverse iteration
SSTEQR (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the implicit QL or QR method
SSTERF (3S) - compute all eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the Pal-Walker-Kahan variant of the QL or QR algorithm
SSTEV (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix A
SSTEVD (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix
SSTEVR (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T
SSTEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix A
SSUM, DSUM, CSUM, ZSUM (3S) - Sums the elements of a real or complex vector
ssusage (1) - run a command, and print out the resources it used
SSWAP, DSWAP, CSWAP, ZSWAP (3F) - Swaps two real or complex vectors
SSWAP, DSWAP, CSWAP, ZSWAP (3S) - Swaps two real or complex vectors
sswsextr (1) - extract working set files from SpeedShop ideal-time experiment
SSYCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by SSYTRF
SSYEV (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A
SSYEVD (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A
SSYEVR (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix T
SSYEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A
SSYGS2 (3S) - reduce a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
SSYGST (3S) - reduce a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
SSYGV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
SSYGVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
SSYGVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
SSYMM, DSYMM, CSYMM, ZSYMM (3F) - Multiplies a real or complex general matrix by a real or complex symmetric matrix
SSYMM, DSYMM, CSYMM, ZSYMM (3S) - Multiplies a real or complex general matrix by a real or complex symmetric matrix
SSYMV, DSYMV (3F) - Multiplies a real or complex vector by a real or complex symmetric matrix
SSYMV, DSYMV, CSYMV, ZSYMV (3S) - Multiplies a real or complex vector by a real or complex symmetric matrix
SSYR, DSYR (3F) - Performs symmetric rank 1 update of a real or complex symmetric matrix
SSYR, DSYR, CSYR, ZSYR (3S) - Performs symmetric rank 1 update of a real or complex symmetric matrix
SSYR2, DSYR2 (3F) - Performs symmetric rank 2 update of a real symmetric matrix
SSYR2, DSYR2 (3S) - Performs symmetric rank 2 update of a real symmetric matrix
SSYR2K, DSYR2K, CSYR2K, ZSYR2K (3F) - Performs symmetric rank 2k update of a real or complex symmetric matrix
SSYR2K, DSYR2K, CSYR2K, ZSYR2K (3S) - Performs symmetric rank 2k update of a real or complex symmetric matrix
SSYRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SSYRK, DSYRK, CSYRK, ZSYRK (3F) - Performs symmetric rank k update of a real or complex symmetric matrix
SSYRK, DSYRK, CSYRK, ZSYRK (3S) - Performs symmetric rank k update of a real or complex symmetric matrix
SSYSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SSYSVX (3S) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SSYTD2 (3S) - reduce a real symmetric matrix A to symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SSYTF2 (3S) - compute the factorization of a real symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
SSYTRD (3S) - reduce a real symmetric matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SSYTRF (3S) - compute the factorization of a real symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
SSYTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a real symmetric indefinite matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by SSYTRF
SSYTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a real symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by SSYTRF
stacker (1M) - robotics control program
STAddTag, STRemoveTag, STGetTag, STPrintTags (3) - TIFF tag handling
startautofs (1M) - start autofs daemon.
startautomount (1M) - start automount daemon.
startdesktop (1) - open an IRIX Interactive Desktop dirview of home directory
startgfx, stopgfx (1G) - start/stop the window system
startmidi, stopmidi (1) - start MIDI daemon
startnfs (1M) - start nfs daemon.
StartTagIteration (3) - start tag iteration in a profile
startx (1) - initialize an X session
start_pes (3) - Called at the beginning of a SHMEM program to identify the number of processes desired
stat (1M) - display stat attributes of named files
stat (5) - data returned by stat system call
stat, lstat, fstat (2) - get file status
stat64 (5) - data returned by stat64 system call
stat64, lstat64, fstat64 (2) - get file status
statd (1M) - network status monitor daemon
statfs, fstatfs (2) - get file system information
statvfs, fstatvfs, statvfs64, fstatvfs64 (2) - get file system information
staux (3X) - Routines that provide scalar interfaces to auxiliaries
STBCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
STBMV, DTBMV, CTBMV, ZTBMV (3F) - Multiplies a real or complex vector by a real or complex triangular band matrix
STBMV, DTBMV, CTBMV, ZTBMV (3S) - Multiplies a real or complex vector by a real or complex triangular band matrix
STBRFS (3S) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular band coefficient matrix
STBSV, DTBSV, CTBSV, ZTBSV (3F) - Solves a real or complex triangular banded system of equations
STBSV, DTBSV, CTBSV, ZTBSV (3S) - Solves a real or complex triangular banded system of equations
STBTRS (3S) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B or A**T * X = B,
stcu (3X) - Routines that provide a compilation unit symbol table interface
stdarg (5) - variable argument list
stdio (3S) - standard buffered input/output package
stdiobuf (3C) - iostream specialized to stdio FILE
stdipc: ftok (3C) - standard interprocess communication package
stdump (1) - Dumps a file of intermediate-code debugging information
stenci (3G) - alter the operating parameters of the stencil
stencil (3G) - alter the operating parameters of the stencil
stensi (3G) - specify the number of bit planes desired to comprise the stencil buffer
stensize (3G) - specify the number of bit planes desired to comprise the stencil buffer
stepun (3G) - specifies that a graphics window change size in discrete steps
stepunit (3G) - specifies that a graphics window change size in discrete steps
stereo (3G) - configures the framebuffer for stereoscopic viewing
stereo (7) - stereo viewing on Silicon Graphics systems
stereobuffer (3G) - configures the framebuffer for stereoscopic viewing
stfd (3X) - Routines that provide access to file descriptor section of the symbol table
stfe (3X) - Routines that provide a high-level interface to the symbol table
STGEVC (3S) - compute some or all of the right and/or left generalized eigenvectors of a pair of real upper triangular matrices (A,B)
STGEX2 (3S) - swap adjacent diagonal blocks (A11, B11) and (A22, B22) of size 1-by-1 or 2-by-2 in an upper (quasi) triangular matrix pair (A, B) by an orthogonal equivalence transformation
STGEXC (3S) - reorder the generalized real Schur decomposition of a real matrix pair (A,B) using an orthogonal equivalence transformation (A, B) = Q * (A, B) * Z',
STGSEN (3S) - reorder the generalized real Schur decomposition of a real matrix pair (A, B) (in terms of an orthonormal equivalence trans- formation Q' * (A, B) * Z), so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading diagonal blocks of the upper quasi-triangular matrix A and the upper triangular B
STGSJA (3S) - compute the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of two real upper triangular (or trapezoidal) matrices A and B
STGSNA (3S) - estimate reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or eigenvectors of a matrix pair (A, B) in generalized real Schur canonical form (or of any matrix pair (Q*A*Z', Q*B*Z') with orthogonal matrices Q and Z, where Z' denotes the transpose of Z
STGSY2 (3S) - solve the generalized Sylvester equation
STGSYL (3S) - solve the generalized Sylvester equation
stiff2ps (1) - convert a Stream TIFF (STIFF) image file to PostScript
stime (2) - set time
stio (3X) - Routines that provide a binary read/write interface to the MIPS symbol table
STL (5) - Standard Template Library
STOpen, STClose (3) - open/close a STIFF file stream
stopisdnd (1M) - kill the ISDN daemon.
stopppp (1M) - Stop a PPP call.
stp (7P) - Scheduled Transfer Protocol
STPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a packed triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
STPMV, DTPMV, CTPMV, ZTPMV (3F) - Multiplies a real or complex vector by a real or complex triangular packed matrix
STPMV, DTPMV, CTPMV, ZTPMV (3S) - Multiplies a real or complex vector by a real or complex triangular packed matrix
STPRFS (3S) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular packed coefficient matrix
stprint (3X) - Routines to print the symbol table
STPSV, DTPSV, CTPSV, ZTPSV (3F) - Solves a real or complex triangular packed system of equations
STPSV, DTPSV, CTPSV, ZTPSV (3S) - Solves a real or complex triangular packed system of equations
STPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a real upper or lower triangular matrix A stored in packed format
STPTRS (3S) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B or A**T * X = B,
streambuf (3C) - Public interface of character buffering class
streamio (7) - STREAMS ioctl commands
streams_interrupt (D3X) - synchronize interrupt-level function with STREAMS mechanism
STREAMS_TIMEOUT (D3X) - synchronize timeout with STREAMS mechanism
streamtab (D4) - STREAMS driver and module declaration structure
strerr (1M) - STREAMS error logger daemon
strerror (3C) - get error message string
STREVC (3S) - compute some or all of the right and/or left eigenvectors of a real upper quasi-triangular matrix T
STREXC (3S) - reorder the real Schur factorization of a real matrix A = Q*T*Q**T, so that the diagonal block of T with row index IFST is moved to row ILST
strfmon (3S) - convert monetary value to string
strftime (4) - language-specific strings
strftime, cftime, ascftime (3C) - convert date and time to string
strict (3) - Perl pragma to restrict unsafe constructs
STRID (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A*x = b, where A is an N-by-N tridiagonal matrix, and x and b are vectors of length N
strings (1) - find printable strings in an object file or binary
strip (1) - Removes symbols and relocation bits
strlog (D3) - submit messages to the log driver
STRMM, DTRMM, CTRMM, ZTRMM (3F) - Multiplies a real or complex general matrix by a real or complex triangular matrix
STRMM, DTRMM, CTRMM, ZTRMM (3S) - Multiplies a real or complex general matrix by a real or complex triangular matrix
STRMV, DTRMV, CTRMV, ZTRMV (3F) - Multiplies a real or complex vector by a real or complex triangular matrix
STRMV, DTRMV, CTRMV, ZTRMV (3S) - Multiplies a real or complex vector by a real or complex triangular matrix
stroptions (D4) - stream head option structure
strptime (3C) - date and time conversion
strqget (D3) - get information about a queue or band of the queue
strqset (D3) - change information about a queue or band of the queue
STRRFS (3S) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular coefficient matrix
STRSEN (3S) - reorder the real Schur factorization of a real matrix A = Q*T*Q**T, so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading diagonal blocks of the upper quasi-triangular matrix T,
STRSM, DTRSM, CTRSM, ZTRSM (3F) - Solves a real or complex triangular system of equations with multiple right-hand sides
STRSM, DTRSM, CTRSM, ZTRSM (3S) - Solves a real or complex triangular system of equations with multiple right-hand sides
STRSNA (3S) - estimate reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or right eigenvectors of a real upper quasi-triangular matrix T (or of any matrix Q*T*Q**T with Q orthogonal)
strstream (3C) - iostream specialized to arrays
strstreambuf (3C) - streambuf specialized to arrays
STRSV, DTRSV, CTRSV, ZTRSV (3F) - Solves a real or complex triangular system of equations
STRSV, DTRSV, CTRSV, ZTRSV (3S) - Solves a real or complex triangular system of equations
STRSYL (3S) - solve the real Sylvester matrix equation
STRTI2 (3S) - compute the inverse of a real upper or lower triangular matrix
strtod, atof, strtold, atold (3C) - convert string to double-precision or long double-precision number
t6attr_alloc (3N) - Allocate a control block with all attributes set
t6clear_blk (3N) - Clear a control block
t6cmp_attrs (3N) - Compare two security attributes
t6cmp_blk (3N) - compare security attributes
t6copy_attr (3N) - copy security attributes
t6copy_blk (3N) - copy security attributes
t6create_attr (3N) - Create a control block
t6dup_attr (3N) - duplicate security attributes
t6dup_blk (3N) - Duplicate security attributes
t6ext_attr, t6new_attr (3N) - Activate extended security attributes or set policy on security attribute change
t6free_attr (3N) - Deallocate a control block
t6free_blk (3N) - Deallocate a control block
t6get_attr, t6set_attr (3N) - Get or set security attributes
t6get_endpt_mask, t6set_endpt_mask, t6get_endpt_default, t6set_endpt_default (3N) - get or set endpoint security attribute mask, get or set endpoint default security attributes
t6mls_socket (3N) - Mark a socket as trusted.
t6peek_attr, t6last_attr (3N) - examine the security attributes on the next or previous byte of data
t6recvfrom (3N) - Read security attributes and data from a trusted endpoint
Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat (3Tk) - define new file format for photo images
Tk_CreateSelHandler, Tk_DeleteSelHandler (3Tk) - arrange to handle requests for a selection
Tk_CreateTimerHandler, Tk_DeleteTimerHandler (3Tk) - call a procedure at a given time
Tk_DeleteImage (3Tk) - Destroy an image.
tk_dialog (3Tk) - Create modal dialog and wait for response
Tk_DoOneEvent, Tk_MainLoop, Tk_HandleEvent (3Tk) - wait for events and invoke event handlers
Tk_DoWhenIdle, Tk_CancelIdleCall (3Tk) - invoke a procedure when there are no pending events
Tk_DrawFocusHighlight (3Tk) - draw the traversal highlight ring for a widget
Tk_EventInit (3Tk) - Use the Tk event loop without the rest of Tk
Tk_FindPhoto, Tk_PhotoPutBlock, Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock, Tk_PhotoGetImage, Tk_PhotoBlank, Tk_PhotoExpand, Tk_PhotoGetSize, Tk_PhotoSetSize (3Tk) - manipulate the image data stored in a photo image.
tk_focusNext, tk_focusPrev, tk_focusFollowsMouse (3Tk) - Utility procedures for managing the input focus.
Tk_FreeXId (3Tk) - make X resource identifier available for reuse
Tk_GeometryRequest, Tk_SetInternalBorder (3Tk) - specify desired geometry or internal border for a window
vlConnectionNumber, vlGetFD, vlServerProtocolVersion, vlServerVendorRelease, vlServerString (3dm) - extract information from an open video server handle
vme_ivec_alloc (D3X) - allocate a VME bus interrupt VECTOR
vme_ivec_free (D3X) - free up a VME bus interrupt VECTOR
vme_ivec_set (D3X) - register a VME bus interrupt handler
vmsprep (1) - VMS tape preparation aid
voc (4) - Creative Voice Audio File Format
volatile (D3X) - inform the compiler of volatile variables
vout (1V) - composite video output control panel
vprintf, vfprintf, vsnprintf, vsprintf (3S) - print formatted output of a variable argument list
vpsema (D3X) - perform an atomic "V" and "P" semaphore operation on two semaphores
vsema (D3X) - perform a "V" or signal semaphore operation
vstiff (1) - TIFF stream viewer
v_getaddr (D3X) - get the user address associated with virtual handle
v_gethandle (D3X) - get unique identifier associated with virtual handle
v_getlen (D3X) - get length of user address space associated with virtual handle
v_mapphys (D3X) - map physical addresses into user address space
w (1) - who is on and what they are doing
wait (1) - await completion of process
wait, wait3 (3B) - wait for child processes to stop or terminate
wait, waitpid, wait3 (2) - wait for child processes to stop or terminate
wait4wm (1) - waits for the window manager
waitid (2) - wait for child process to change state
waitjob (2) - obtain information about a completed job
wakeup (D3) - resume suspended process execution
wakeupat (1M) - request that system power back on at a future time
wall (1) - write to all users
wave, riff (4) - Microsoft RIFF WAVE file format
wbadaddr (D3X) - test for valid output bus address wbadaddr_val (D3X) - test for valid output bus address and write value
wc (1) - word, line and byte or character count
wchrtbl (1M) - generate character classification and conversion tables for ASCII and supplementary code sets
wconv: towupper, towlower, wctrans, towctrans (3S) - translation character functions and extensible translation functions
wcsftime (3C) - convert date and time to wide character string
wcstod: wcstod, wcstof, wcstold (3S) - convert wide-character string to floating-point number
wcstol, wcstoul, wcstoll, wcstoull (3S) - convert wide character string to long integer, unsigned long integer, long long integer, unsigned long long integer, respectively
XAllocIconSize, XSetIconSizes, XGetIconSizes, XIconSize (3X11) - allocate icon size structure and set or read a window's WM_ICON_SIZES property
XAllocSizeHints, XSetWMNormalHints, XGetWMNormalHints, XSetWMSizeHints, XGetWMSizeHints, XSizeHints (3X11) - allocate size hints structure and set or read a window's WM_NORMAL_HINTS property
XAllocStandardColormap, XSetRGBColormaps, XGetRGBColormaps, XStandardColormap (3X11) - allocate, set, or read a standard colormap structure
XAllocWMHints, XSetWMHints, XGetWMHints, XWMHints (3X11) - allocate window manager hints structure and set or read a window's WM_HINTS property
XAllowDeviceEvents (3X11) - release queued events
XAllowEvents (3X11) - release queued events
XAnyEvent, XEvent (3X11) - generic X event structures
xargs (1) - construct argument list(s) and execute command
XMapWindow, XMapRaised, XMapSubwindows (3X11) - map windows
XmArrowButton (3X) - The ArrowButton widget class
XmArrowButtonGadget (3X) - The ArrowButtonGadget widget class
XmbDrawImageString, XwcDrawImageString (3X11) - draw image text using a single font set
XmbDrawString, XwcDrawString (3X11) - draw text using a single font set
XmbDrawText, XwcDrawText (3X11) - draw text using multiple font sets
xmbind (1X) - Configures virtual key bindings
XmbLookupString, XwcLookupString (3X11) - obtain composed input from an input method
XmbResetIC, XwcResetIC (3X11) - reset the state of an input context
XmbTextEscapement, XwcTextEscapement (3X11) - obtain the escapement of text
XmbTextExtents, XwcTextExtents (3X11) - compute text extents
XmbTextListToTextProperty, XwcTextListToTextProperty, XmbTextPropertyToTextList, XwcTextPropertyToTextList, XwcFreeStringList, XDefaultString (3X11) - convert text lists and text property structures
XmbTextPerCharExtents, XwcTextPerCharExtents (3X11) - obtain per- character information for a text string
XmBulletinBoard (3X) - The BulletinBoard widget class
XmCascadeButton (3X) - The CascadeButton widget class
XmCascadeButtonGadget (3X) - The CascadeButtonGadget widget class
XmCascadeButtonGadgetHighlight (3X) - A CascadeButtonGadget function that sets the highlight state
XmCascadeButtonHighlight (3X) - A CascadeButton and CascadeButtonGadget function that sets the highlight state
XmChangeColor (3X) - Recalculates all associated colors of a widget
XmClipboardCancelCopy (3X) - A clipboard function that cancels a copy to the clipboard
XmClipboardCopy (3X) - A clipboard function that copies a data item to temporary storage for later copying to clipboard
XmClipboardCopyByName (3X) - A clipboard function that copies a data item passed by name
XmClipboardEndCopy (3X) - A clipboard function that completes the copying of data to the clipboard
XmClipboardEndCopy (3X) - A clipboard function that ends a copy to the clipboard
XmClipboardEndRetrieve (3X) - A clipboard function that completes retrieval of data from the clipboard
XmClipboardEndRetrieve (3X) - A clipboard function that ends a copy from the clipboard
XmClipboardInquireCount (3X) - A clipboard function that returns the number of data item formats
XmClipboardInquireFormat (3X) - A clipboard function that returns a specified format name
XmClipboardInquireLength (3X) - A clipboard function that returns the length of the stored data
XmClipboardInquirePendingItems (3X) - A clipboard function that returns a list of data ID/private ID pairs
XmClipboardInquirePendingItems (3X) - A clipboard function that returns a list of data_id/private_id pairs
XmClipboardLock (3X) - A clipboard function that locks the clipboard
XmClipboardRegisterFormat (3X) - A clipboard function that registers a new format
XmClipboardRetrieve (3X) - A clipboard function that retrieves a data item from the clipboard
XmClipboardStartCopy (3X) - A clipboard function that sets up a storage and data structure
XmClipboardStartRetrieve (3X) - A clipboard function that prepares to retrieve data from the clipboard
XmClipboardStartRetrieve (3X) - A clipboard function that starts a copy from the clipboard
XmClipboardUndoCopy (3X) - A clipboard function that deletes the last item placed on the clipboard
XmClipboardUnlock (3X) - A clipboard function that unlocks the clipboard
XmClipboardWithdrawFormat (3X) - A clipboard function that indicates that the application no longer wants to supply a data item
XmComboBox (3X) - The ComboBox widget class
XmComboBoxAddItem (3X) - add an item to the ComboBox widget
XmComboBoxDeletePos (3X) - Delete a XmComboBox item
XmComboBoxSelectItem (3X) - select a XmComboBox item
XmComboBoxSetItem (3X) - set an item in the XmComboBox list
XmComboBoxUpdate (3X) - A ComboBox function that resynchronizes data
XmCommand (3X) - The Command widget class
XmCommandAppendValue (3X) - A Command function that appends the passed XmString to the end of the string displayed in the command area of the widget
XmCommandError (3X) - A Command function that displays an error message
XmCommandGetChild (3X) - A Command function that is used to access a component
XmCommandSetValue (3X) - A Command function that replaces a displayed string
XmContainer (3X) - The Container widget class
XmContainerCopy (3X) - Container widget function to copy primary selection to the clipboard
XmContainerCopyLink (3X) - Container widget function to copy links to the clipboard
XmContainerCut (3X) - Container widget function to move items to the clipboard
XmContainerGetItemChildren (3X) - Container widget function to find all children of an item
XmContainerPaste (3X) - Container widget function to insert items from the clipboard
XmContainerPasteLink (3X) - Container widget function to insert links from the clipboard
XmContainerRelayout (3X) - Container widget relayout function
XmContainerReorder (3X) - Container widget function to reorder children
XmConvertStringToUnits (3X) - A function that converts a string specification to a unit value
XmConvertUnits (3X) - A function that converts a value in one unit type to another unit type
XmCreateArrowButton (3X) - The ArrowButton widget creation function
XmCreateArrowButtonGadget (3X) - The ArrowButtonGadget creation function
XmCreateBulletinBoard (3X) - The BulletinBoard widget creation function
XmCreateBulletinBoardDialog (3X) - The BulletinBoard BulletinBoardDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateCascadeButton (3X) - The CascadeButton widget creation function
XmCreateCascadeButtonGadget (3X) - The CascadeButtonGadget creation function
XmCreateComboBox (3X) - The default ComboBox widget creation function
XmCreateCommand (3X) - The Command widget creation function
XmCreateCommandDialog (3X) - The Command CommandDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateContainer (3X) - The Container widget creation function
XmCreateDialogShell (3X) - The DialogShell widget creation function
XmCreateDragIcon (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that creates a DragIcon widget
XmCreateDrawingArea (3X) - The DrawingArea widget creation function
XmCreateDrawnButton (3X) - The DrawnButton widget creation function
XmCreateDropDownComboBox (3X) - The Drop-down ComboBox widget creation function
XmCreateDropDownList (3X) - The Drop-down list ComboBox widget creation function
XmCreateErrorDialog (3X) - The MessageBox ErrorDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateFileSelectionBox (3X) - The FileSelectionBox widget creation function
XmCreateFileSelectionDialog (3X) - The FileSelectionBox FileSelectionDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateForm (3X) - The Form widget creation function
XmCreateFormDialog (3X) - A Form FormDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateFrame (3X) - The Frame widget creation function
XmCreateIconGadget (3X) - The IconGadget widget creation function
XmCreateInformationDialog (3X) - The MessageBox InformationDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateLabel (3X) - The Label widget creation function
XmCreateLabelGadget (3X) - The LabelGadget creation function
XmCreateList (3X) - The List widget creation function
XmCreateMainWindow (3X) - The MainWindow widget creation function
XmCreateMenuBar (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateMenuShell (3X) - The MenuShell widget creation function
XmCreateMessageBox (3X) - The MessageBox widget creation function
XmCreateMessageDialog (3X) - The MessageBox MessageDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateNotebook (3X) - The Notebook widget creation function
XmCreateOptionMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreatePanedWindow (3X) - The PanedWindow widget creation function
XmCreatePopupMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreatePromptDialog (3X) - The SelectionBox PromptDialog convenience creation function
XmCreatePulldownMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreatePushButton (3X) - The PushButton widget creation function
XmCreatePushButtonGadget (3X) - The PushButtonGadget creation function
XmCreateQuestionDialog (3X) - The MessageBox QuestionDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateRadioBox (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateRowColumn (3X) - The RowColumn widget creation function
XmCreateScale (3X) - The Scale widget creation function
XmCreateScrollBar (3X) - The ScrollBar widget creation function
XmCreateScrolledList (3X) - The List ScrolledList convenience creation function
XmCreateScrolledText (3X) - The Text ScrolledText convenience creation function
XmCreateScrolledText (3X) - The TextScrolledText convenience creation function
XmCreateScrolledWindow (3X) - The ScrolledWindow widget creation function
XmCreateSelectionBox (3X) - The SelectionBox widget creation function
XmCreateSelectionDialog (3X) - The SelectionBox SelectionDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateSeparator (3X) - The Separator widget creation function
XmCreateSeparatorGadget (3X) - The SeparatorGadget creation function
XmCreateSimpleCheckBox (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateSimpleMenuBar (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateSimpleOptionMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateSimplePopupMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateSimplePulldownMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateSimpleRadioBox (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateSimpleSpinBox (3X) - the SimpleSpinBox widget creation function
XmCreateSpinBox (3X) - The SpinBox creation function
XmCreateTemplateDialog (3X) - A MessageBox TemplateDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateText (3X) - The Text widget creation function
XmCreateTextField (3X) - The TextField widget creation function
XmCreateToggleButton (3X) - The ToggleButton widget creation function
XmCreateToggleButtonGadget (3X) - The ToggleButtonGadget creation function
XmCreateWarningDialog (3X) - The MessageBox WarningDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateWorkArea (3X) - A function that creates a RowColumn work area
XmCreateWorkArea (3X) - A function that creates a RowColumn WorkArea
XmCreateWorkingDialog (3X) - The MessageBox WorkingDialog convenience creation function
XmCvtByteStreamToXmString (3X) - A compound string function that converts from a compound string in Byte Stream format to a compound string
XmCvtCTToXmString (3X) - A compound string function that converts compound text to a compound string
XmCvtStringToUnitType (3X) - A function that converts a string to a unit-type value
XmCvtTextPropertyToXmStringTable (3X) - A function that converts from a TextProperty Structure to a StringTable
XmCvtXmStringTableToTextProperty (3X) - A function that converts from XmStringTable to an XTextProperty Structure
XmCvtXmStringToByteStream (3X) - A compound string function that converts a compound string to a Byte Stream format
XmCvtXmStringToCT (3X) - A compound string function that converts a compound string to compound text
XmDeactivateProtocol (3X) - A VendorShell function that deactivates a protocol without removing it
XmDeactivateWMProtocol (3X) - A VendorShell convenience interface that deactivates a protocol without removing it
XmDestroyPixmap (3X) - A pixmap caching function that removes a pixmap from the pixmap cache
XmDialogShell (3X) - The DialogShell widget class
XmDirection (3X) - Data type for the direction of widget components
XmDirectionMatch (3X) - A function that checks for a specified direction component
XmDirectionMatchPartial (3X) - A function that checks for a specified direction component
XmDirectionToStringDirection (3X) - A function that converts an XmDirection value to an XmStringDirection value
XmDisplay (3X) - The Display widget class
XmDragCancel (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that terminates a drag transaction
XmDragContext (3X) - The DragContext widget class
XmDragIcon (3X) - The DragIcon widget class
XmDragStart (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that initiates a drag and drop transaction
XmDrawingArea (3X) - The DrawingArea widget class
XmDrawnButton (3X) - The DrawnButton widget class
XmDropSite (3X) - The DropSite Registry
XmDropSiteConfigureStackingOrder (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that reorders a stack of widgets that are registered drop sites
XmDropSiteEndUpdate (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that facilitates processing updates to multiple drop sites
XmDropSiteQueryStackingOrder (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that returns the parent, a list of children, and the number of children for a specified widget
XmDropSiteRegister (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that identifies a drop site and assigns resources that specify its behavior
XmDropSiteRegistered (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that determines if a drop site has been registered
XmDropSiteRetrieve (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that retrieves resource values set on a drop site
XmDropSiteStartUpdate (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that facilitates processing updates to multiple drop sites
XmDropSiteUnregister (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that frees drop site information
XmDropSiteUpdate (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that sets resource values for a drop site
XmDropTransfer (3X) - The DropTransfer widget class
XmDropTransferAdd (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that enables additional drop transfer entries to be processed after initiating a drop transfer
XmDropTransferStart (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that initiates a drop transfer
XmeAddFocusChangeCallback - Registers a callback for focus changes
XmeClearBorder (3X) - Clears the window decorations that border a given widget
XmeClipboardSink (3X) - A toolkit function that transfers data from the clipboard to a widget
XmeClipboardSource (3X) - A toolkit function that places data on the clipboard
XmeConfigureObject (3X) - Changes a child's position, size, or border width
XmeConvertMerge (3X) - A toolkit function that merges data converted during a transfer operation
XmeCreateClassDialog (3X) - Creates a DialogShell containing a widget of the specified class
XmeDragSource (3X) - A toolkit function that starts a drag and drop operation
XmeDrawArrow (3X) - Draws a Motif-style, three-dimensional arrow
XmeDrawCircle (3X) - Draws a Motif-style, three-dimensional circle
XmeDrawDiamond (3X) - Draws a Motif-style, three-dimensional diamond
XmeDrawHighlight (3X) - Draws a Motif-style highlight around a given widget to show that it has been selected
XmeDrawIndicator (3X) - Draws a Motif-style indicator (either a check mark or a cross) at the specified location in the drawable
XmeDrawPolygonShadow (3X) - Draws a Motif-style, three- dimensional shadow around a polygon
XmeDrawSeparator (3X) - Draws several different types of line- based separators
XmeDrawShadows (3X) - Draws a Motif-style, three-dimensional shadow around a widget
XmeDropSink (3X) - A toolkit function that establishes a widget as a drop site
XmeFocusIsInShell (3X) - Returns a Boolean value to indicate whether the parent shell of a specified widget has the keyboard focus.
XmeFromHorizontalPixels (3X) - Converts from pixels to real-world dimensions based on horizontal resolution of the screen
XmeFromVerticalPixels (3X) - Converts from pixels to real-world dimensions based on vertical resolution of the screen
XmeGetColorObjData (3X) - access ColorObject desktop and pixel data
XmeGetDefaultPixel (3X) - Generates colors based on the screen background color
XmeGetDefaultRenderTable (3X) - Returns the default render table associated with a specified widget
XmeGetDesktopColorCells (3X) - return desktop pixel data in XColor[] format
XmeGetDirection (3X) - A compound string parse procedure to insert a direction component
XmeGetEncodingAtom (3X) - A toolkit function that returns the encoding of the locale
XmeGetHomeDirName (3X) - Returns the pathname of the user's home directory
XmeGetLocalizedString (3X) - Returns a localized version of the input string
XmeGetNextCharacter (3X) - A compound string parse procedure to insert a character
XmeGetNullCursor (3X) - Returns the null cursor associated with a given display
XmeGetPixmapData (3X) - Returns details about a cached pixmap
XmeGetTextualDragIcon (3X) - Returns an icon widget symbolizing a textual drag operation in progress
XmeMicroSleep (3X) - Suspends execution for a specified number of microseconds
XmeNamedSink - A toolkit function that transfers data from the named selection to a widget
XmeNamedSource (3X) - A toolkit function that takes ownership of a named selection
XmeNamesAreEqual (3X) - Compares two strings for equality
XmeNavigChangeManaged (3X) - Helps a change_managed method establish the correct keyboard traversal policy
XmePrimarySink (3X) - A toolkit function that transfers data from the primary selection to a widget
XmePrimarySource (3X) - A toolkit function that takes ownership of the primary selection
XmeQueryBestCursorSize (3X) - Finds the best cursor size
XmeRedisplayGadgets (3X) - Redisplays all the gadget children of a manager
XmeRemoveFocusChangeCallback (3X) - Removes a focus change callback
XmeRenderTableGetDefaultFont (3X) - Gets information on the default font associated with a specified render table
XmeReplyToQueryGeometry (3X) - Handles standard geometry requests
XmeResolvePartOffsets (3X) - Allows writing of upward-compatible applications and widgets
XmeSecondarySink (3X) - A toolkit function that establishes a widget as the destination for secondary transfer
XmeSecondarySource (3X) - A toolkit function that takes ownership of the secondary selection
XmeSecondaryTransfer (3X) - A toolkit function that transfers data from the secondary selection to the destination widget
XmeSetWMShellTitle (3X) - A compound string function that updates the window manager title
xmessage (1) - display a message or query in a window (X-based /bin/echo)
XmeStandardConvert (3X) - A toolkit function that converts selections to standard targets
XmeStandardTargets (3X) - A toolkit function that returns a list of standard targets
XmeToHorizontalPixels (3X) - Converts from real-world dimensions to pixels
XmeToVerticalPixels (3X) - Converts from real-world dimensions to pixels
XmeTraitGet (3X) - Returns the trait record associated with a given object
XmeTraitSet (3X) - Installs a trait on a specified object
XmeTransferAddDoneProc (3X) - A toolkit function that establishes a procedure to be called when data transfer is complete
XmeVirtualToActualKeysyms (3X) - Finds the physical keysyms associated with a given virtual keysym.
XmeWarning (3X) - Writes a warning message to the standard error stream
XmFileSelectionBox (3X) - The FileSelectionBox widget class
XmFileSelectionBoxGetChild (3X) - A FileSelectionBox function used to access a component
XmFileSelectionDoSearch (3X) - A FileSelectionBox function that initiates a directory search
XmFontList (3X) - Data type for a font list
XmFontListAdd (3X) - A font list function that creates a new font list
XmFontListAppendEntry (3X) - A font list function that appends an entry to a font list
XmFontListCopy (3X) - A font list function that copies a font list
XmFontListCreate (3X) - A font list function that creates a font list
XmFontListEntryCreate (3X) - A font list function that creates a font list entry
XmFontListEntryFree (3X) - A font list function that recovers memory used by a font list entry
XmFontListEntryGetFont (3X) - A font list function that retrieves font information from a font list entry
XmFontListEntryGetTag (3X) - A font list function that retrieves the tag of a font list entry
XmFontListEntryLoad (3X) - A font list function that loads a font or creates a font set and creates an accompanying font list entry
XmFontListFree (3X) - A font list function that recovers memory used by a font list
XmFontListFreeFontContext (3X) - A font list function that instructs the toolkit that the font list context is no longer needed
XmFontListGetNextFont (3X) - A font list function that allows applications to access the fonts and character sets in a font list
XmFontListInitFontContext (3X) - A font list function that allows applications to access the entries in a font list
XmFontListNextEntry (3X) - A font list function that returns the next entry in a font list
XmFontListRemoveEntry (3X) - A font list function that removes a font list entry from a font list
XmForm (3X) - The Form widget class
XmFrame (3X) - The Frame widget class
XmGadget (3X) - The Gadget widget class
XmGetAtomName (3X) - A function that returns the string representation for an atom
XmGetColorCalculation (3X) - A function to get the procedure used for default color calculation
XmGetColors (3X) - A function that generates foreground, select, and shadow colors
XmGetDestination (3X) - A function that returns the widget ID of the widget to be used as the current destination for quick paste and certain clipboard operations
XmGetDragContext (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that retrieves the DragContext widget ID associated with a timestamp
XmGetFocusWidget (3X) - Returns the ID of the widget that has keyboard focus
XmGetMenuCursor (3X) - A function that returns the cursor ID for the current menu cursor
XmGetPixmap (3X) - A pixmap caching function that generates a pixmap, stores it in a pixmap cache, and returns the pixmap
XmGetPixmapByDepth (3X) - A pixmap caching function that generates a pixmap, stores it in a pixmap cache, and returns the pixmap
XmGetPostedFromWidget (3X) - A RowColumn function that returns the widget from which a menu was posted
XmGetScaledPixmap (3X) - read a pixmap file and scale it according to pixmap and print resolution
XmGetSecondaryResourceData (3X) - A function that provides access to secondary widget resource data
XmGetTabGroup (3X) - Returns the widget ID of a tab group
XmGetTearOffControl (3X) - A RowColumn function that obtains the widget ID for the tear-off control in a menu
XmGetVisibility (3X) - A function that determines if a widget is visible
XmGetXmDisplay (3X) - A Display function that returns the XmDisplay object ID for a specified display
XmGetXmScreen (3X) - A Screen function that returns the XmScreen object ID for a specified screen
xmh (1) - send and read mail with an X interface to MH
XmIconGadget (3X) - The IconGadget widget class
XmImCloseXIM (3X) - An input manager function that releases the input method associated with a specified widget
XmImFreeXIC (3X) - An input manager function that unregisters widgets for an XIC
XmImGetXIC (3X) - An input manager function that obtains an XIC for a widget
XmImGetXIM (3X) - An input manager function that retrieves the input method associated with a specified widget
XmImMbLookupString (3X) - An input manager function that retrieves a composed string from an input method
XmImMbResetIC (3X) - An input manager function that resets the input context for a widget
XmImRegister (3X) - An input manager function that registers a widget with an input manager
XmImSetFocusValues (3X) - An input manager function that notifies an input manager that a widget has received input focus and updates the input context attributes
XmImSetValues (3X) - An input manager function that updates attributes of an input context
XmImSetXIC (3X) - An input manager function that registers an existing XIC with a widget
XmImUnregister (3X) - An input manager function that removes a widget from association with its input manager
XmImUnsetFocus (3X) - An input manager function that notifies an input method that a widget has lost input focus
XmImVaSetFocusValues (3X) - An input manager function that notifies an input manager that a widget has received input focus and updates the input context attributes
XmImVaSetValues (3X) - An input manager function that updates attributes of an input context
XmInstallImage (3X) - A pixmap caching function that adds an image to the image cache
XmInstallImage (3X) - A pixmap caching function that adds an image to the pixmap cache
XmInternAtom (3X) - A function that returns an atom for a given name
XmInternAtom (3X) - A macro that returns an atom for a given name
XmIsMotifWMRunning (3X) - A function that determines whether the window manager is running
XmIsTraversable (3X) - A function that identifies whether a widget can be traversed
xmkmf (1) - create a Makefile from an Imakefile
XmLabel (3X) - The Label widget class
XmLabelGadget (3X) - The LabelGadget widget class
XmList (3X) - The List widget class
XmListAddItem (3X) - A List function that adds an item to the list
XmListAddItems (3X) - A List function that adds items to the list
XmListAddItemsUnselected (3X) - A List function that adds items to a list
XmListAddItemUnselected (3X) - A List function that adds an item to the list
XmListDeleteAllItems (3X) - A List function that deletes all items from the list
XmListDeleteItem (3X) - A List function that deletes an item from the list
XmListDeleteItems (3X) - A List function that deletes items from the list
XmListDeleteItemsPos (3X) - A List function that deletes items from the list starting at the given position
XmListDeletePos (3X) - A List function that deletes an item from a list at a specified position
XmListDeletePositions (3X) - A List function that deletes items from a list based on an array of positions
XmListDeselectAllItems (3X) - A List function that unhighlights and removes all items from the selected list
XmListDeselectItem (3X) - A List function that deselects the specified item from the selected list
XmListDeselectPos (3X) - A List function that deselects an item at a specified position in the list
XmListGetKbdItemPos (3X) - A List function that returns the position of the item at the location cursor
XmListGetMatchPos (3X) - A List function that returns all instances of an item in the list
XmListGetSelectedPos (3X) - A List function that returns the position of every selected item in the list
XmListItemExists (3X) - A List function that checks if a specified item is in the list
XmListItemPos (3X) - A List function that returns the position of an item in the list
XmListPosSelected (3X) - A List function that determines if the list item at a specified position is selected
XmListPosToBounds (3X) - A List function that returns the bounding box of an item at a specified position in a list
XmListReplaceItems (3X) - A List function that replaces the specified elements in the list
XmListReplaceItemsPos (3X) - A List function that replaces the specified elements in the list
XmListReplaceItemsPosUnselected (3X) - A List function that replaces items in a list without selecting the replacement items
XmListReplaceItemsUnselected (3X) - A List function that replaces items in a list
XmListReplacePositions (3X) - A List function that replaces items in a list based on position
XmListSelectItem (3X) - A List function that selects an item in the list
XmListSelectPos (3X) - A List function that selects an item at a specified position in the list
XmListSetAddMode (3X) - A List function that sets add mode in the list
XmListSetBottomItem (3X) - A List function that makes an existing item the last visible item in the list
XmListSetBottomPos (3X) - A List function that makes a specified item the last visible item in the list
XmListSetHorizPos (3X) - A List function that scrolls to the specified position in the list
XmListSetItem (3X) - A List function that makes an existing item the first visible item in the list
XmListSetKbdItemPos (3X) - A List function that sets the location cursor at a specified position
XmListSetPos (3X) - A List function that makes the item at the given position the first visible position in the list
XmListUpdateSelectedList (3X) - A List function that updates the XmNselectedItems resource
XmListYToPos (3X) - A List function that returns the position of the item at a specified y coordinate
XmListYToPos (3X) - A List function that returns the position of the item at a specified y-coordinate
XmMainWindow (3X) - The MainWindow widget class
XmMainWindowSep1 (3X) - A MainWindow function that returns the widget ID of the first Separator
XmMainWindowSep1 (3X) - A MainWindow function that returns the widget ID of the first Separator widget
XmMainWindowSep2 (3X) - A MainWindow function that returns the widget ID of the second Separator widget
XmMainWindowSep3 (3X) - A MainWindow function that returns the widget ID of the third Separator widget
XmMainWindowSetAreas (3X) - A MainWindow function that identifies manageable children for each area
XmManager (3X) - The Manager widget class
XmMapSegmentEncoding (3X) - A compound string function that returns the compound text encoding format associated with the specified font list tag
XmMenuPosition (3X) - A RowColumn function that positions a Popup menu pane
XmMenuPosition (3X) - A RowColumn function that positions a Popup MenuPane
XmMenuShell (3X) - The MenuShell widget class
XmMessageBox (3X) - The MessageBox widget class
XmMessageBoxGetChild (3X) - A MessageBox function that is used to access a component
XmNotebook (3X) - The Notebook widget class
XmNotebookGetPageInfo (3X) - A Notebook function that returns page information
XmObjectAtPoint (3X) - A toolkit function that determines which child intersects or comes closest to a specified point
xmodmap (1) - utility for modifying keymaps (and pointer buttons) in X
xmon (1) - interactive X protocol monitor
XmOptionButtonGadget (3X) - A RowColumn function that obtains the widget ID for the CascadeButtonGadget in an OptionMenu
XmOptionLabelGadget (3X) - A RowColumn function that obtains the widget ID for the LabelGadget in an OptionMenu
XmPanedWindow (3X) - The PanedWindow widget class
XmParseMapping (3X) - Data type for a compound string parse mapping
XmParseMappingCreate (3X) - A compound string function to create a parse mapping
XmParseMappingFree (3X) - A compound string function to free a parse mapping
XmParseMappingGetValues (3X) - A compound string function to retrieve attributes of a parse mapping
XmParseMappingSetValues (3X) - A compound string function to set attributes of a parse mapping
XmParseTable (3X) - Data type for a compound string parse table
XmParseTableFree (3X) - A compound string function that recovers memory
XmPrimitive (3X) - The Primitive widget class
XmPrintPopupPDM (3X) - Send a notification for the PDM to be popped up
XmPrintSetup (3X) - setup and create a Print Shell widget
XmPrintShell (3X) - a shell widget class used for printing in Motif
XmPrintToFile (3X) - Retrieves and saves data that would normally be printed by the X Print Server.
XmProcessTraversal (3X) - A function that determines which component receives keyboard events when a widget has the focus
XmPushButton (3X) - The PushButton widget class
XmPushButtonGadget (3X) - The PushButtonGadget widget class
XmQTaccessTextual (3X) - A widget holding this trait can display textual data
XmQTactivatable (3X) - A widget holding this trait will be treated as a command button in a DialogBox or as a major tab in a Notebook
XmQTcareParentVisual (3X) - A child widget holding this trait wants to be notified whenever its parent's visual state changes
XmQTcontainer (3X) - A widget holding this trait can manage widgets holding the XmQTcontainerItem trait
XmQTcontainerItem (3X) - A widget holding this trait can serve as a child of a widget holding the XmQTcontainer trait
XmQTdialogShellSavvy (3X) - A dialog widget holding this trait can become a child of the XmDialogShell widget
XmQTjoinSide (3X) - A child widget holding this trait can be attached to one side of a suitable parent widget
XmQTmenuSavvy (3X) - A widget holding this trait can become a menu child
XmQTmenuSystem (3X) - A widget holding this trait can serve as a menu system
XmQTnavigator (3X) - A widget holding this trait can act as a navigator
XmQTscrollFrame (3X) - A widget holding this trait can handle one or more navigator widgets
XmQTspecifyRenderTable (3X) - A widget holding this trait can supply the names of its default render tables to any requestor
XmQTtakesDefault (3X) - A button widget holding this trait can change its appearance to show that it is the default button
XmQTtransfer (3X) - A trait that implements data transfer to and from a widget
XmRedisplayWidget (3X) - Synchronously activates the expose method of a widget to draw its content
XmRegisterSegmentEncoding (3X) - A compound string function that registers a compound text encoding format for a specified font list element tag
XmRemoveFromPostFromList (3X) - a RowColumn function that disables a menu for a particular widget
XmRemoveProtocolCallback (3X) - A VendorShell function that removes a callback from the internal list
XmRemoveProtocols (3X) - A VendorShell function that removes the protocols from the protocol manager and deallocates the internal tables
XmRemoveTabGroup (3X) - A function that removes a tab group
XmRemoveWMProtocolCallback (3X) - A VendorShell convenience interface that removes a callback from the internal list
XmRemoveWMProtocols (3X) - A VendorShell convenience interface that removes the protocols from the protocol manager and deallocates the internal tables
XmRenderTable (3X) - Data type for a render table
XmRenderTableAddRenditions (3X) - Creates a new render table
XmRenderTableCopy (3X) - A render table function that copies renditions
XmRenderTableCvtFromProp (3X) - A render table function that converts from a string representation to a render table
XmRenderTableCvtToProp (3X) - A render table function that converts a render table to a string representation
XmRenderTableFree (3X) - A render table function that recovers memory
XmRenderTableGetRendition (3X) - A convenience function that matches a rendition tag
XmRenderTableGetRenditions (3X) - A convenience function that matches rendition tags
XmRenderTableGetTags (3X) - A convenience function that gets rendition tags
XmRenderTableRemoveRenditions (3X) - A convenience function that removes renditions
XmRendition (3X) - The Rendition registry
XmRenditionCreate (3X) - A convenience function that creates a rendition
XmRenditionFree (3X) - A convenience function that frees a rendition
XmRenditionRetrieve (3X) - A convenience function that retrieves rendition resources
XmRenditionUpdate (3X) - A convenience function that modifies resources
XmRepTypeAddReverse (3X) - A representation type manager function that installs the reverse converter for a previously registered representation type
XmRepTypeGetId (3X) - A representation type manager function that retrieves the identification number of a representation type
XmRepTypeGetNameList (3X) - A representation type manager function that generates a list of values for a representation type
XmRepTypeGetRecord (3X) - A representation type manager function that returns information about a representation type
XmRepTypeGetRegistered (3X) - A representation type manager function that returns a copy of the registration list
XmRepTypeInstallTearOffModelConverter (3X) - A representation type manager function that installs the resource converter for XmNtearOffModel.
XmRepTypeRegister (3X) - A representation type manager function that registers a representation type resource
XmRepTypeValidValue (3X) - A representation type manager function that tests the validity of a numerical value of a representation type resource
XmResolveAllPartOffsets (3X) - A function that allows writing of upward-compatible applications and widgets
XmResolvePartOffsets (3X) - A function that allows writing of upward-compatible applications and widgets
XmRowColumn (3X) - The RowColumn widget class
XmScale - XmScale SGI Resources
XmScale (3X) - The Scale widget class
XmScale SGI Resources - XmScale SGI Resources
XmScaleGetValue (3X) - A Scale function that returns the current slider position
XmScaleSetTicks (3X) - A Scale function that controls tick marks
XmScaleSetValue (3X) - A Scale function that sets a slider value
XmScreen (3X) - The Screen widget class
XmScrollBar (3X) - The ScrollBar widget class
XmScrollBarGetValues (3X) - A ScrollBar function that returns the ScrollBar's increment values
XmScrollBarSetValues (3X) - A ScrollBar function that changes ScrollBar's increment values and the slider's size and position
XmScrolledWindow (3X) - The ScrolledWindow widget class
XmScrolledWindowSetAreas (3X) - A ScrolledWindow function that adds or changes a window work region and a horizontal or vertical ScrollBar widget to the ScrolledWindow widget
XmScrollVisible (3X) - A ScrolledWindow function that makes an invisible descendant of a ScrolledWindow work area visible
XmSelectionBox (3X) - The SelectionBox widget class
XmSelectionBoxGetChild (3X) - A SelectionBox function that is used to access a component
XmSeparator (3X) - The Separator widget class
XmSeparatorGadget (3X) - The SeparatorGadget widget class
XmSetColorCalculation (3X) - A function to set the procedure used for default color calculation
XmSetFontUnit (3X) - A function that sets the font unit value for a display
XmSetFontUnits (3X) - A function that sets the font unit value for a display
XmSetMenuCursor (3X) - A function that modifies the menu cursor for a client
XmSetProtocolHooks (3X) - A VendorShell function that allows pre and post actions to be executed when a protocol message is received from MWM
XmSetProtocolHooks (3X) - A VendorShell function that allows preactions and postactions to be executed when a protocol message is received from MWM
XmSetWMProtocolHooks (3X) - A VendorShell convenience interface that allows pre and post actions to be executed when a protocol message is received from the window manager
XmSetWMProtocolHooks (3X) - A VendorShell convenience interface that allows preactions and postactions to be executed when a protocol message is received from the window manager
XmSimpleSpinBox - a simple SpinBox widget class
XmSimpleSpinBoxAddItem (3X) - add an item to the XmSimpleSpinBox
XmSimpleSpinBoxDeletePos (3X) - delete a XmSimpleSpinBox item
XmSimpleSpinBoxSetItem (3X) - set an item in the XmSimpleSpinBox list
XmSpinBox - The SpinBox widget class
XmSpinBoxValidatePosition (3X) - translate the current value of the specified XmSpinBox child into a valid position
XmString (3X) - Data type for a compound string
XmStringBaseline (3X) - A compound string function that returns the number of pixels between the top of the character box and the baseline of the first line of text
XmStringByteCompare (3X) - A compound string function that indicates the results of a byte-by-byte comparison
XmStringByteStreamLength (3X) - A function that returns the size of a string
XmStringCompare (3X) - A compound string function that compares two strings
XmStringComponentCreate (3X) - A compound string function that creates arbitrary components
XmStringComponentType (3X) - Data type for compound string components
XmStringConcat (3X) - A compound string function that appends one string to another
XmStringConcatAndFree (3X) - A compound string function that appends one string to another and frees the original strings
XmStringCopy (3X) - A compound string function that makes a copy of a string
XmStringCreate (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string
XmStringCreateLocalized (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string in the current locale
XmStringCreateLtoR (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string
XmStringCreateSimple (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string in the language environment of a widget
XmStringDirection (3X) - Data type for the direction of display in a string
XmStringDirectionCreate (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string
XmStringDirectionToDirection (3X) - A function that converts from XmStringDirection to XmDirection
XmStringDraw (3X) - A compound string function that draws a compound string in an X window
XmStringDrawImage (3X) - A compound string function that draws a compound string in an X Window and creates an image
XmStringDrawUnderline (3X) - A compound string function that underlines a string drawn in an X Window
XmStringEmpty (3X) - A compound string function that provides information on the existence of non-zero length text components
XmStringEmpty (3X) - A compound string function that provides information on the existence of non-zero-length text components
XmStringExtent (3X) - A compound string function that determines the size of the smallest rectangle that will enclose the compound string
XmStringFree (3X) - A compound string function that conditionally deallocates memory
XmStringFree (3X) - A compound string function that recovers memory
XmStringFreeContext (3X) - A compound string function that instructs the toolkit that the context is no longer needed
XmStringFreeContext (3X) - A compound string function that releases the string scanning context data structure
XmStringGenerate (3X) - A convenience function that generates a compound string
XmStringGetLtoR (3X) - A compound string function that searches for a text segment in the input compound string
XmStringGetNextComponent (3X) - A compound string function that returns the type and value of the next component in a compound string
XmStringGetNextSegment (3X) - A compound string function that fetches the bytes in the next segment of a compound string
XmStringGetNextSegment (3X) - A compound string function that fetches the octets in the next segment of a compound string
XmStringGetNextTriple (3X) - An XmString function that returns the type, length, and value of the next component in the compound string
XmStringHasSubstring (3X) - A compound string function that indicates whether one compound string is contained within another
XmStringHeight (3X) - A compound string function that returns the line height of the given compound string
XmStringInitContext (3X) - A compound string function that allows applications to read out the content segment by segment
XmStringInitContext (3X) - A compound string function that creates a data structure for scanning an XmString component by component
XmStringIsVoid (3X) - A compound string function that provides information on the existence of non-zero-length text components, tab components, or separator components
XmStringLength (3X) - A compound string function that obtains the length of a compound string
XmStringLineCount (3X) - A compound string function that returns the number of separators plus one in the provided compound string
XmStringNConcat (3X) - A compound string function that appends a specified number of bytes to a compound string
XmStringNCopy (3X) - A compound string function that creates a copy of a compound string
XmStringParseText (3X) - A function that converts a character string to a compound string
XmStringPeekNextComponent (3X) - A compound string function that returns the component type of the next component fetched
XmStringPeekNextComponent (3X) - A compound string function that returns the component type of the next component to be fetched
XmStringPeekNextTriple (3X) - A function that returns the component type of the next component
XmStringPutRendition (3X) - A convenience function that places renditions around strings
XmStringSegmentCreate (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string
XmStringSeparatorCreate (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string
XmStringTable (3X) - Data type for an array of compound strings
XmStringTableParseStringArray (3X) - A convenience function that converts an array of strings to a compound string table
XmStringTableProposeTablist (3X) - A convenience function that returns a tab list
XmStringTableToXmString (3X) - A convenience function that converts a compound string table to a single compound string
XmStringTableUnparse (3X) - A convenience function that converts a table of compound strings to an array of text
XmStringToXmStringTable (3X) - A convenience function that converts a single compound string to a table of compound strings
XmStringUnparse (3X) - A compound string function that unparses text
XmStringWidth (3X) - A compound string function that returns the width of the longest sequence of text components in a compound string
XmStringWidth (3X) - A compound string function that returns the width of the widest line in a compound string
XmTab (3X) - Data type for a tab stop
XmTabCreate (3X) - A convenience function that creates a tab stop
XmTabFree (3X) - A convenience function that frees a tab
XmTabGetValues (3X) - A convenience function that returns tab values
XmTabList (3X) - Data type for a tab list
XmTabListCopy (3X) - A convenience function that creates a new tab list from an existing list
XmTabListFree (3X) - A convenience function that frees the memory of a new tab list
XmTabListGetTab (3X) - A convenience function that returns a copy of a tab
XmTabListInsertTabs (3X) - A convenience function that inserts tabs into a tab list
XmTabListRemoveTabs (3X) - A convenience function that removes noncontiguous tabs
XmTabListReplacePositions (3X) - A convenience function that creates a new tab list with replacement tabs
XmTabListTabCount (3X) - A convenience function that counts the number of tabs
XmTabSetValue (3X) - A convenience function that sets a tab stop
XmTargetsAreCompatible (3X) - A function that tests whether the target types match between a drop site and source object
XmText (3X) - The Text widget class
XmText SGI-Resources (3X) - XmText SGI Resources
XmTextClearSelection (3X) - A Text function that clears the primary selection
XmTextCopy (3X) - A Text function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard
XmTextCopyLink (3X) - A Text function that copies a link to the primary selection to the clipboard
XmTextCut (3X) - A Text function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard and deletes the selected text
XmTextDisableRedisplay (3X) - A Text function that temporarily prevents visual update of the Text widget
XmTextEnableRedisplay (3X) - A Text function that forces the visual update of a Text widget
XmTextField (3X) - The TextField class
XmTextField SGI-Resources - XmText SGI Resources
XmTextFieldClearSelection (3X) - A TextField function that clears the primary selection
XmTextFieldCopy (3X) - A TextField function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard
XmTextFieldCopyLink (3X) - A TextField function that copies a link to the primary selection to the clipboard
XmTextFieldCut (3X) - A TextField function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard and deletes the selected text
XmTextFieldGetBaseline (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the y position of the baseline
XmTextFieldGetBaseline (3X) - A TextField function that accesses thex position of the first baseline
XmTextFieldGetEditable (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the edit permission state
XmTextFieldGetInsertionPosition (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the position of the insertion cursor
XmTextFieldGetLastPosition (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the position of the last text character
XmTextFieldGetMaxLength (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the value of the current maximum allowable length of a text string entered from the keyboard
XmTextFieldGetSelection (3X) - A TextField function that retrieves the value of the primary selection
XmTextFieldGetSelectionPosition (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the position of the primary selection
XmTextFieldGetSelectionWcs (3X) - A TextField function that retrieves the value of a wide character encoded primary selection
XmTextFieldGetString (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the string value
XmTextFieldGetStringWcs (3X) - A TextField function that retrieves a copy of the wide character string value of a TextField widget
XmTextFieldGetSubstring (3X) - A TextField function that retrieves a copy of a portion of the internal text buffer
XmTextFieldGetSubstringWcs (3X) - A TextField function that retrieves a a portion of a wide character internal text buffer
XmTextFieldGetSubstringWcs (3X) - A TextField function that retrieves a portion of a wide character internal text buffer
XmTextFieldInsert (3X) - A TextField function that inserts a character string into a text string
XmTextFieldInsertWcs (3X) - A TextField function that inserts a wide character string into a TextField widget
XmTextFieldPaste (3X) - A TextField function that inserts the clipboard selection
XmTextFieldPasteLink (3X) - A TextField function that inserts a link to the clipboard selection
XmTextFieldPosToXY (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the x and y position of a character position
XmTextFieldRemove (3X) - A TextField function that deletes the primary selection
XmTextFieldReplace (3X) - A TextField function that replaces part of a text string
XmTextFieldReplaceWcs (3X) - A TextField function that replaces part of a wide character string in a TextField widget
XmTextFieldSetAddMode (3X) - A TextField function that sets the state of Add mode
XmTextFieldSetEditable (3X) - A TextField function that sets the edit permission
XmTextFieldSetErrorSelection (3X) - A TextField function that sets the primary selection of the text
XmTextFieldSetHighlight (3X) - A TextField function that highlights text
XmTextFieldSetInsertionPosition (3X) - A TextField function that sets the position of the insertion cursor
XmTextFieldSetMaxLength (3X) - A TextField function that sets the value of the current maximum allowable length of a text string entered from the keyboard
XmTextFieldSetSelection (3X) - A TextField function that sets the primary selection of the text
XmTextFieldSetString (3X) - A TextField function that sets the string value
XmTextFieldSetStringWcs (3X) - A TextField function that sets a wide character string value
XmTextFieldShowPosition (3X) - A TextField function that forces text at a given position to be displayed
XmTextFieldXYToPos (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the character position nearest an x and y position
XmTextFindString (3X) - A Text function that finds the beginning position of a text string
XmTextFindStringWcs (3X) - A Text function that finds the beginning position of a wide character text string
XmTextGetBaseline (3X) - A Text function that accesses the y position of the baseline
XmTextGetBaseline (3X) - A Text function that accesses thex position of the first baseline
XmTextGetCenterline (3X) - Return the height (length) of a character string when the writing direction is vertical
XmTextGetEditable (3X) - A Text function that accesses the edit permission state
XmTextGetInsertionPosition (3X) - A Text function that accesses the position of the insert cursor
XmTextGetLastPosition (3X) - A Text function that accesses the last position in the text
XmTextGetMaxLength (3X) - A Text function that accesses the value of the current maximum allowable length of a text string entered from the keyboard
XmTextGetSelection (3X) - A Text function that retrieves the value of the primary selection
XmTextGetSelectionPosition (3X) - A Text function that accesses the position of the primary selection
XmTextGetSelectionWcs (3X) - A Text function that retrieves the value of a wide character encoded primary selection
XmTextGetSource (3X) - A Text function that accesses the source of the widget
XmTextGetString (3X) - A Text function that accesses the string value
XmTextGetStringWcs (3X) - A Text function that retrieves a copy of the wide character string value of a Text widget
XmTextGetSubstring (3X) - A Text function that retrieves a copy of a portion of the internal text buffer
XmTextGetSubstringWcs (3X) - A Text function that retrieves a portion of a wide character internal text buffer
XmTextGetTopCharacter (3X) - A Text function that accesses the position of the first character displayed
XmTextInsert (3X) - A Text function that inserts a character string into a text string
XmTextInsertWcs (3X) - A Text function that inserts a wide character string into a Text widget
XmTextPaste (3X) - A Text function that inserts the clipboard selection
XmTextPasteLink (3X) - A Text function that inserts a link to the clipboard selection
XmTextPosition (3X) - Data type for a character position within a text string
XmTextPosToXY (3X) - A Text function that accesses the x and y position of a character position
XmTextRemove (3X) - A Text function that deletes the primary selection
XmTextReplace (3X) - A Text function that replaces part of a text string
XmTextReplaceWcs (3X) - A Text function that replaces part of a wide character string in a Text widget
XmTextScroll (3X) - A Text function that scrolls text
XmTextSetAddMode (3X) - A Text function that sets the state of Add Mode
XmTextSetEditable (3X) - A Text function that sets the edit permission
XmTextSetErrorSelection -A Text function that sets the primary selection of the text (3X)
XmTextSetHighlight (3X) - A Text function that highlights text
XmTextSetInsertionPosition (3X) - A Text function that sets the position of the insert cursor
XmTextSetMaxLength (3X) - A Text function that sets the value of the current maximum allowable length of a text string entered from the keyboard
XmTextSetSelection (3X) - A Text function that sets the primary selection of the text
XmTextSetSource (3X) - A Text function that sets the source of the widget
XmTextSetString (3X) - A Text function that sets the string value
XmTextSetStringWcs (3X) - A Text function that sets a wide character string value
XmTextSetTopCharacter (3X) - A Text function that sets the position of the first character displayed
XmTextShowPosition (3X) - A Text function that forces text at a given position to be displayed
XmTextXYToPos (3X) - A Text function that accesses the character position nearest an x and y position
XmToggleButton (3X) - The ToggleButton widget class
XmToggleButtonGadget (3X) - The ToggleButtonGadget widget class
XmToggleButtonGadgetGetState (3X) - A ToggleButtonGadget function that obtains the state of a ToggleButtonGadget
XmToggleButtonGadgetSetState (3X) - A ToggleButtonGadget function that sets or changes the current state
XmToggleButtonGetState (3X) - A ToggleButton function that obtains the state of a ToggleButton
XmToggleButtonSetState (3X) - A ToggleButton function that sets or changes the current state
XmToggleButtonSetValue (3X) - A ToggleButton function that sets or changes the current state
XmTrackingEvent (3X) - A Toolkit function that provides a modal interaction
XmTrackingLocate (3X) - A Toolkit function that provides a modal interaction
XmTransferDone (3X) - A toolkit function that completes a data transfer
XmTransferSendRequest (3X) - A toolkit function that transfers a MULTIPLE request
XmTransferSetParameters (3X) - A toolkit function that establishes parameters to be passed by the next call to XmTransferValue
XmTransferStartRequest (3X) - A toolkit function that begins a MULTIPLE transfer
XmTransferValue (3X) - A toolkit function that transfers data to a destination
XmTranslateKey (3X) - The default keycode-to-keysym translator
XmUninstallImage (3X) - A pixmap caching function that removes an image from the image cache
XmUpdateDisplay (3X) - A function that processes all pending exposure events immediately
XmVaCreateSimpleCheckBox (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmVaCreateSimpleMenuBar (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmVaCreateSimpleOptionMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmVaCreateSimplePopupMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmVaCreateSimplePulldownMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmWidgetGetBaselines (3X) - Retrieves baseline information for a widget
XmWidgetGetDisplayRect (3X) - Retrieves display rectangle information for a widget
XNextEvent, XPeekEvent, XWindowEvent, XCheckWindowEvent, XMaskEvent, XCheckMaskEvent, XCheckTypedEvent, XCheckTypedWindowEvent (3X11) - select events by type
XNoOp (3X11) - No Operation
xon (1) - start an X program on a remote machine
XOpenDevice, XCloseDevice (3X11) - open or close an extension input device
XOpenDisplay, XCloseDisplay (3X11) - connect or disconnect to X server
XOpenIM, XCloseIM, XSetIMValues, XGetIMValues, XDisplayOfIM, XLocaleOfIM, XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback, XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (3X11) - open, close, and otain input method information
XrmInitialize, XrmParseCommand, XrmValue, XrmOptionKind, XrmOptionDescRec (3X11) - initialize the Resource Manager, Resource Manager structures, and parse the command line
XSGIvcListVideoFormats, XSGIvcListVideoFormatCombinations, XSGIvcListVideoFormatsInCombination, XSGIvcLoadVideoFormat, XSGIvcLoadVideoFormatCombination, XSGIvcDisableChannel (3) - Video Format Query and Load Functions
XSGIvcQueryChannelInfo (3) - Query video channel information
XSGIvcQueryMonitorName (3) - Return name of monitor connected to a video channel
XSGIvcQueryVersion (3) - Check if the X server provides the XSGIvc extension
XSGIvcQueryVideoScreenInfo (3) - Query video screen, graphics type
XSGIvcSelectInput (3) - select the XSGIvc extension event types to be sent to a client.
XSGIvcSendMonitorCommand, XSGIvcSendMonitorQuery, XSGIvcQueryMonitorBaseProtocol, XSGIvcInitMonitorBaseProtocol (3) - Monitor control
XSGIvcSetChannelInputRectangle, XSGIvcQueryBestChannelRectangle (3) - Video Pan and Zoom
XtAddExposureToRegion (3Xt) - merge exposure events into a region
XtAddGrab, XtRemoveGrab (3Xt) - redirect user input to a modal widget
XtAddInput, XtAddTimeout (3Xt) - register input, timeout, and workprocs
xtalk (D3) - IRIX XIO Infrastructure xwidget_driver_register (D3) - claim a class of XIO widgets xwidget_driver_unregister (D3) - remove driver from registry xtalk_iterate (D3) - revisit all claimed widgets
xtalk_dmatrans_addr (D3) - construct DMA address xtalk_dmatrans_list (D3) - construct DMA addresses xtalk_dmamap_alloc (D3) - allocate an XIO DMA channel xtalk_dmamap_addr (D3) - set DMA channel target xtalk_dmamap_list (D3) - set DMA channel targets xtalk_dmamap_done (D3) - mark DMA channel unused xtalk_dmamap_free (D3) - release XIO DMA channel resources xtalk_dmamap_drain (D3) - drain a DMA MAP based DMA path xtalk_dmaaddr_drain (D3) - drain a DMA path to a specific block xtalk_dmalist_drain (D3) - drain a DMA path for an alenlist
xtalk_error_register (D3) - register handling function
xtalk_intr_alloc (D3) - allocate a XIO Interrupt channel xtalk_intr_connect (D3) - connect handling function xtalk_intr_disconnect (D3) - disconnect handling function xtalk_intr_free (D3) - release a XIO Interrupt channel
xtalk_intr_dev_get (D3) - get XIO connect point from intr xtalk_intr_cpu_get (D3) - get target cpu from intr xtalk_intr_vector_get (D3) - get interrupt vector number xtalk_intr_target_get (D3) - get interrupt target port number xtalk_intr_addr_get (D3) - get interrupt target address xtalk_intr_sfarg_get (D3) - get setfunc argument
xtalk_pio_addr (D3) - construct PIO address xtalk_piotrans_addr (D3) - construct PIO address xtalk_piomap_alloc (D3) - allocate an XIO PIO channel xtalk_piomap_addr (D3) - set PIO channel target xtalk_piomap_done (D3) - mark PIO channel unused xtalk_piomap_free (D3) - release XIO PIO channel resources
XtAllocateGC (3Xt) - obtain a sharable GC with modifiable fields
XtAppAddActionHook, XtRemoveActionHook (3Xt) - register an action hook procedure
XtAppAddActions (3Xt) - register an action table
XtAppAddBlockHook, XtRemoveBlockHook (3Xt) - register a block hook procedure
XtCreatePopupShell, XtVaCreatePopupShell (3Xt) - create a popup shell
XtCreateSelectionRequest, XtSendSelectionRequest, XtCancelSelectionRequest (3Xt) - bundle multiple selection conversion requests into a single request using MULTIPLE target
ypfiles (4) - the NIS database and directory structure
ypinit (1M) - build and install NIS database
ypmake (1M) - rebuild and distribute NIS databases
ypmatch (1) - print key values in NIS map
yppasswd (1) - change NIS login password
yppasswd (3R) - update user password in NIS database
yppoll (1M) - show the version of the NIS map on the NIS server
yppush (1M) - force propagation of a changed NIS map
ypservers (4) - NIS bindings file
ypset (1M) - point ypbind at a particular NIS server
ypupdated (1M) - server for changing NIS information
ypwhich (1) - print the NIS server or map master hostname
ypxfr (1M) - transfer an NIS map from some NIS server to here
yp_bootparam (1M) - update the NIS bootparams database
yp_host (1M) - update NIS "hosts" database
yp_update (3Y) - changes NIS information
ZABS (3F) - Fortran 77 absolute value
ZBDSQR (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real N-by-N (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix B
zbsize (3G) - specifies the number of bit planes desired to comprise the Z buffer
zbuffe (3G) - enable or disable z-buffer operation in the current framebuffer
zbuffer (3G) - enable or disable z-buffer operation in the current framebuffer
zclear (3G) - initializes the z-buffer of the current framebuffer
zcos (3F) - Fortran COMPLEX*16 cosine intrinsic function
zdraw (3G) - enables or disables drawing to the z-buffer
ZDRSCL (3S) - multiplie an n-element complex vector x by the real scalar 1/a
zdump (1M) - time zone dumper
zero (7) - source of zeroes
zfunct (3G) - specifies the function used for z-buffer comparison by the current framebuffer
zfunction (3G) - specifies the function used for z-buffer comparison by the current framebuffer
ZGBBRD (3S) - reduce a complex general m-by-n band matrix A to real upper bidiagonal form B by a unitary transformation
ZGBCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex general band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm,
ZGBEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M- by-N band matrix A and reduce its condition number
ZGBRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZGBSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is a band matrix of order N with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
ZGBSVX (3S) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ZGBTF2 (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a complex m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
ZGBTRF (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a complex m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
ZGBTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B with a general band matrix A using the LU factorization computed by ZGBTRF
ZGEBAK (3S) - form the right or left eigenvectors of a complex general matrix by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the balanced matrix output by ZGEBAL
ZGEBAL (3S) - balance a general complex matrix A
ZGEBD2 (3S) - reduce a complex general m by n matrix A to upper or lower real bidiagonal form B by a unitary transformation
ZGEBRD (3S) - reduce a general complex M-by-N matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form B by a unitary transformation
ZGECON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a general complex matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm, using the LU factorization computed by ZGETRF
ZGEEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M- by-N matrix A and reduce its condition number
ZGEES (3S) - compute for an N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues, the Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of Schur vectors Z
ZGEESX (3S) - compute for an N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues, the Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of Schur vectors Z
ZGEEV (3S) - compute for an N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors
ZGEEVX (3S) - compute for an N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors
ZGEGS (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine ZGGES
ZGEGV (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine ZGGEV
ZGEHD2 (3S) - reduce a complex general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by a unitary similarity transformation
ZGEHRD (3S) - reduce a complex general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by a unitary similarity transformation
ZGELQ2 (3S) - compute an LQ factorization of a complex m by n matrix A
ZGELQF (3S) - compute an LQ factorization of a complex M-by-N matrix A
ZGELS (3S) - solve overdetermined or underdetermined complex linear systems involving an M-by-N matrix A, or its conjugate-transpose, using a QR or LQ factorization of A
ZGELSD (3S) - compute the minimum-norm solution to a real linear least squares problem
ZGELSS (3S) - compute the minimum norm solution to a complex linear least squares problem
ZGELSX (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine ZGELSY
ZGELSY (3S) - compute the minimum-norm solution to a complex linear least squares problem
ZGEQL2 (3S) - compute a QL factorization of a complex m by n matrix A
ZGEQLF (3S) - compute a QL factorization of a complex M-by-N matrix A
ZGEQP3 (3S) - compute a QR factorization with column pivoting of a matrix A
ZGEQPF (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine ZGEQP3
ZGEQR2 (3S) - compute a QR factorization of a complex m by n matrix A
ZGEQRF (3S) - compute a QR factorization of a complex M-by-N matrix A
ZGERFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZGERQ2 (3S) - compute an RQ factorization of a complex m by n matrix A
ZGERQF (3S) - compute an RQ factorization of a complex M-by-N matrix A
ZGESC2 (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = scale* RHS with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization with complete pivoting computed by ZGETC2
ZGESDD (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a complex M- by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and/or right singular vectors, by using divide-and-conquer method
ZGESV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZGESVD (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a complex M- by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and/or right singular vectors
ZGESVX (3S) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZGETC2 (3S) - compute an LU factorization, using complete pivoting, of the n- by-n matrix A
ZGETF2 (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a general m-by-n matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
ZGETRF (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a general M-by-N matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
ZGETRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a matrix using the LU factorization computed by ZGETRF
ZGETRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization computed by ZGETRF
ZGGBAK (3S) - form the right or left eigenvectors of a complex generalized eigenvalue problem A*x = lambda*B*x, by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the balanced pair of matrices output by ZGGBAL
ZGGBAL (3S) - balance a pair of general complex matrices (A,B)
ZGGES (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrices (A,B), the generalized eigenvalues, the generalized complex Schur form (S, T), and optionally left and/or right Schur vectors (VSL and VSR)
ZGGESX (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrices (A,B), the generalized eigenvalues, the complex Schur form (S,T),
ZGGEV (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrices (A,B), the generalized eigenvalues, and optionally, the left and/or right generalized eigenvectors
ZGGEVX (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrices (A,B) the generalized eigenvalues, and optionally, the left and/or right generalized eigenvectors
ZGGGLM (3S) - solve a general Gauss-Markov linear model (GLM) problem
ZGGHRD (3S) - reduce a pair of complex matrices (A,B) to generalized upper Hessenberg form using unitary transformations, where A is a general matrix and B is upper triangular
ZGGLSE (3S) - solve the linear equality-constrained least squares (LSE) problem
ZGGQRF (3S) - compute a generalized QR factorization of an N-by-M matrix A and an N-by-P matrix B
ZGGRQF (3S) - compute a generalized RQ factorization of an M-by-N matrix A and a P-by-N matrix B
ZGGSVD (3S) - compute the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of an M-by-N complex matrix A and P-by-N complex matrix B
ZGGSVP (3S) - compute unitary matrices U, V and Q such that N-K-L K L U'*A*Q = K ( 0 A12 A13 ) if M-K-L >= 0
ZGTCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex tridiagonal matrix A using the LU factorization as computed by ZGTTRF
ZGTRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZGTSV (3S) - solve the equation A*X = B,
ZGTSVX (3S) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ZGTTRF (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a complex tridiagonal matrix A using elimination with partial pivoting and row interchanges
ZGTTRS (3S) - solve one of the systems of equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ZGTTS2 (3S) - solve one of the systems of equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ZHBEV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian band matrix A
ZHBEVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian band matrix A
ZHBEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian band matrix A
ZHBGST (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian-definite banded generalized eigenproblem A*x = lambda*B*x to standard form C*y = lambda*y,
ZHBGV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
ZHBGVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
ZHBGVX (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
ZHBTRD (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian band matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
ZHECON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZHETRF
ZHEEV (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
ZHEEVD (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
ZHEEVR (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix T
ZHEEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
ZHEGS2 (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
ZHEGST (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
ZHEGV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
ZHEGVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
ZHEGVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
ZHERFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian indefinite, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZHESV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZHESVX (3S) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZHETD2 (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
ZHETF2 (3S) - compute the factorization of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZHETRD (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
ZHETRF (3S) - compute the factorization of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZHETRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex Hermitian indefinite matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZHETRF
ZHETRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex Hermitian matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZHETRF
ZHGEQZ (3S) - implement a single-shift version of the QZ method for finding the generalized eigenvalues w(i)=ALPHA(i)/BETA(i) of the equation det( A (3S) - w(i) B ) = 0 If JOB='S', then the pair (A,B) is simultaneously reduced to Schur form (i.e., A and B are both upper triangular) by applying one unitary tranformation (usually called Q) on the left and another (usually called Z) on the right
ZHPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex Hermitian packed matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZHPTRF
ZHPEV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix in packed storage
ZHPEVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A in packed storage
ZHPEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A in packed storage
ZHPGST (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form, using packed storage
ZHPGV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
ZHPGVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
ZHPGVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
ZHPRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian indefinite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZHPSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZHPSVX (3S) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is an N-by-N Hermitian matrix stored in packed format and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
ZHPTRD (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian matrix A stored in packed form to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
ZHPTRF (3S) - compute the factorization of a complex Hermitian packed matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZHPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex Hermitian indefinite matrix A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZHPTRF
ZHPTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex Hermitian matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZHPTRF
ZHSEIN (3S) - use inverse iteration to find specified right and/or left eigenvectors of a complex upper Hessenberg matrix H
ZHSEQR (3S) - compute the eigenvalues of a complex upper Hessenberg matrix H, and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition H = Z T Z**H, where T is an upper triangular matrix (the Schur form), and Z is the unitary matrix of Schur vectors
zic (1M) - time zone information compiler
ZLABRD (3S) - reduce the first NB rows and columns of a complex general m by n matrix A to upper or lower real bidiagonal form by a unitary transformation Q' * A * P, and returns the matrices X and Y which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
ZLACGV (3S) - conjugate a complex vector of length N
ZLACON (3S) - estimate the 1-norm of a square, complex matrix A
ZLACP2 (3S) - copie all or part of a real two-dimensional matrix A to a complex matrix B
ZLACPY (3S) - copie all or part of a two-dimensional matrix A to another matrix B
ZLACRM (3S) - perform a very simple matrix-matrix multiplication
ZLACRT (3S) - perform the operation ( c s )( x ) ==> ( x ) ( -s c )( y ) ( y ) where c and s are complex and the vectors x and y are complex
ZLADIV (3S) - := X / Y, where X and Y are complex
ZLAED0 (3S) - the divide and conquer method, ZLAED0 computes all eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix which is one diagonal block of those from reducing a dense or band Hermitian matrix and corresponding eigenvectors of the dense or band matrix
ZLAED7 (3S) - compute the updated eigensystem of a diagonal matrix after modification by a rank-one symmetric matrix
ZLAED8 (3S) - merge the two sets of eigenvalues together into a single sorted set
ZLAEIN (3S) - use inverse iteration to find a right or left eigenvector corresponding to the eigenvalue W of a complex upper Hessenberg matrix H
ZLAESY (3S) - compute the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix ( ( A, B );( B, C ) ) provided the norm of the matrix of eigenvectors is larger than some threshold value
ZLAEV2 (3S) - compute the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 Hermitian matrix [ A B ] [ CONJG(B) C ]
ZLAGS2 (3S) - compute 2-by-2 unitary matrices U, V and Q, such that if ( UPPER ) then U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 A2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 A3 ) ( x x ) and V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 B2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 B3 ) ( x x ) or if ( .NOT.UPPER ) then U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( A2 A3 ) ( 0 x ) and V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( B2 B3 ) ( 0 x ) where U = ( CSU SNU ), V = ( CSV SNV ),
ZLAGTM (3S) - perform a matrix-vector product of the form B := alpha * A * X + beta * B where A is a tridiagonal matrix of order N, B and X are N by NRHS matrices, and alpha and beta are real scalars, each of which may be 0., 1., or -1
ZLAHEF (3S) - compute a partial factorization of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZLAHQR (3S) - i an auxiliary routine called by ZHSEQR to update the eigenvalues and Schur decomposition already computed by ZHSEQR, by dealing with the Hessenberg submatrix in rows and columns ILO to IHI
ZLAHRD (3S) - reduce the first NB columns of a complex general n-by-(n-k+1) matrix A so that elements below the k-th subdiagonal are zero
ZLAIC1 (3S) - applie one step of incremental condition estimation in its simplest version
ZLALS0 (3S) - applie back the multiplying factors of either the left or the right singular vector matrix of a diagonal matrix appended by a row to the right hand side matrix B in solving the least squares problem using the divide-and-conquer SVD approach
ZLALSA (3S) - i an itermediate step in solving the least squares problem by computing the SVD of the coefficient matrix in compact form (The singular vectors are computed as products of simple orthorgonal matrices.)
ZLALSD (3S) - use the singular value decomposition of A to solve the least squares problem of finding X to minimize the Euclidean norm of each column of A*X-B, where A is N-by-N upper bidiagonal, and X and B are N- by-NRHS
ZLANGB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n band matrix A, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals
ZLANGE (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex matrix A
ZLANGT (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex tridiagonal matrix A
ZLANHB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n hermitian band matrix A, with k super-diagonals
ZLANHE (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex hermitian matrix A
ZLANHP (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex hermitian matrix A, supplied in packed form
ZLANHS (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a Hessenberg matrix A
ZLANHT (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex Hermitian tridiagonal matrix A
ZLANSB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n symmetric band matrix A, with k super-diagonals
ZLANSP (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex symmetric matrix A, supplied in packed form
ZLANSY (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex symmetric matrix A
ZLANTB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n triangular band matrix A, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals
ZLANTP (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a triangular matrix A, supplied in packed form
ZLANTR (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a trapezoidal or triangular matrix A
ZLAPLL (3S) - two column vectors X and Y, let A = ( X Y )
ZLAPMT (3S) - rearrange the columns of the M by N matrix X as specified by the permutation K(1),K(2),...,K(N) of the integers 1,...,N
ZLAQGB (3S) - equilibrate a general M by N band matrix A with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
ZLAQGE (3S) - equilibrate a general M by N matrix A using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
ZLAQHB (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric band matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
ZLAQHE (3S) - equilibrate a Hermitian matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
ZLAQHP (3S) - equilibrate a Hermitian matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
ZLAQP2 (3S) - compute a QR factorization with column pivoting of the block A(OFFSET+1:M,1:N)
ZLAQPS (3S) - compute a step of QR factorization with column pivoting of a complex M-by-N matrix A by using Blas-3
ZLAQSB (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric band matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
ZLAQSP (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
ZLAQSY (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
ZLAR1V (3S) - compute the (scaled) r-th column of the inverse of the sumbmatrix in rows B1 through BN of the tridiagonal matrix L D L^T (3S) - sigma I
ZLAR2V (3S) - applie a vector of complex plane rotations with real cosines from both sides to a sequence of 2-by-2 complex Hermitian matrices,
ZLARCM (3S) - perform a very simple matrix-matrix multiplication
ZLARF (3S) - applie a complex elementary reflector H to a complex M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
ZLARFB (3S) - applie a complex block reflector H or its transpose H' to a complex M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
ZLARFG (3S) - generate a complex elementary reflector H of order n, such that H' * ( alpha ) = ( beta ), H' * H = I
ZLARFT (3S) - form the triangular factor T of a complex block reflector H of order n, which is defined as a product of k elementary reflectors
ZLARFX (3S) - applie a complex elementary reflector H to a complex m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
ZLARGV (3S) - generate a vector of complex plane rotations with real cosines, determined by elements of the complex vectors x and y
ZLARNV (3S) - return a vector of n random complex numbers from a uniform or normal distribution
ZLARRV (3S) - compute the eigenvectors of the tridiagonal matrix T = L D L^T given L, D and the eigenvalues of L D L^T
ZLARTG (3S) - generate a plane rotation so that [ CS SN ] [ F ] [ R ] [ __ ]
ZLARTV (3S) - applie a vector of complex plane rotations with real cosines to elements of the complex vectors x and y
ZLARZ (3S) - applie a complex elementary reflector H to a complex M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
ZLARZB (3S) - applie a complex block reflector H or its transpose H**H to a complex distributed M-by-N C from the left or the right
ZLARZT (3S) - form the triangular factor T of a complex block reflector H of order > n, which is defined as a product of k elementary reflectors
ZLASCL (3S) - multiplie the M by N complex matrix A by the real scalar CTO/CFROM
ZLASET (3S) - initialize a 2-D array A to BETA on the diagonal and ALPHA on the offdiagonals
ZLASR (3S) - perform the transformation A := P*A, when SIDE = 'L' or 'l' ( Left-hand side ) A := A*P', when SIDE = 'R' or 'r' ( Right-hand side ) where A is an m by n complex matrix and P is an orthogonal matrix,
ZLASSQ (3S) - return the values scl and ssq such that ( scl**2 )*ssq = x( 1 )**2 +...+ x( n )**2 + ( scale**2 )*sumsq,
ZLASWP (3S) - perform a series of row interchanges on the matrix A
ZLASYF (3S) - compute a partial factorization of a complex symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZLATBS (3S) - solve one of the triangular systems A * x = s*b, A**T * x = s*b, or A**H * x = s*b,
ZLATDF (3S) - compute the contribution to the reciprocal Dif-estimate by solving for x in Z * x = b, where b is chosen such that the norm of x is as large as possible
ZLATPS (3S) - solve one of the triangular systems A * x = s*b, A**T * x = s*b, or A**H * x = s*b,
ZLATRD (3S) - reduce NB rows and columns of a complex Hermitian matrix A to Hermitian tridiagonal form by a unitary similarity transformation Q' * A * Q, and returns the matrices V and W which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
ZLATRS (3S) - solve one of the triangular systems A * x = s*b, A**T * x = s*b, or A**H * x = s*b,
ZLATRZ (3S) - factor the M-by-(M+L) complex upper trapezoidal matrix [ A1 A2 ] = [ A(1:M,1:M) A(1:M,N-L+1:N) ] as ( R 0 ) * Z by means of unitary transformations, where Z is an (M+L)-by-(M+L) unitary matrix and, R and A1 are M-by-M upper triangular matrices
ZLATZM (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine ZUNMRZ
ZLAUU2 (3S) - compute the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of the array A
ZLAUUM (3S) - compute the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of the array A
ZLOG (3F) - Fortran natural logarithm intrinsic function
zoomstiff (1) - magnify or shrink a TIFF stream
ZPBCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPBTRF
ZPBEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a Hermitian positive definite band matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
ZPBRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite and banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZPBSTF (3S) - compute a split Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix A
ZPBSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZPBSVX (3S) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZPBTF2 (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix A
ZPBTRF (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix A
ZPBTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a Hermitian positive definite band matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPBTRF
ZPOCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPOTRF
ZPOEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a Hermitian positive definite matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
ZPORFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite,
ZPOSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZPOSVX (3S) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZPOTF2 (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A
ZPOTRF (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A
ZPOTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPOTRF
ZPOTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a Hermitian positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPOTRF
ZPPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite packed matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPPTRF
ZPPEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a Hermitian positive definite matrix A in packed storage and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
ZPPRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZPPSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZPPSVX (3S) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZPPTRF (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A stored in packed format
ZPPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPPTRF
ZPPTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a Hermitian positive definite matrix A in packed storage using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPPTRF
ZPSLDLT_Destroy, ZPSLDLT_ExtractPerm, ZPSLDLT_Factor, ZPSLDLT_FactorOOC, ZPSLDLT_OOCLimit, ZPSLDLT_OOCPath, ZPSLDLT_Ordering, ZPSLDLT_Preprocess, ZPSLDLT_PreprocessZ, ZPSLDLT_Solve, ZPSLDLT_SolveM, ZPSLDLT_Storage (3S) - Parallel sparse symmetric solver for linear systems of complex equations
ZPSLDU_Destroy, ZPSLDU_ExtractPerm, ZPSLDU_Factor, ZPSLDU_FactorOOC, ZPSLDU_OOCLimit, ZPSLDU_OOCPath, ZPSLDU_Ordering, ZPSLDU_Preprocess, ZPSLDU_PreprocessZ, ZPSLDU_Solve, ZPSLDU_SolveM, ZPSLDU_Storage (3S) - Parallel sparse unsymmetric solver for linear systems of complex equations
ZPTCON (3S) - compute the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix using the factorization A = L*D*L**H or A = U**H*D*U computed by ZPTTRF
ZPTEQR (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix by first factoring the matrix using DPTTRF and then calling ZBDSQR to compute the singular values of the bidiagonal factor
ZPTRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite and tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZPTSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
ZPTSVX (3S) - use the factorization A = L*D*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
ZPTTRF (3S) - compute the L*D*L' factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix A
ZPTTRS (3S) - solve a tridiagonal system of the form A * X = B using the factorization A = U'*D*U or A = L*D*L' computed by ZPTTRF
ZPTTS2 (3S) - solve a tridiagonal system of the form A * X = B using the factorization A = U'*D*U or A = L*D*L' computed by ZPTTRF
ZSIN (3F) - Fortran COMPLEX*16 sine intrinsic function
zsourc (3G) - selects the source for z-buffering comparisons
zsource (3G) - selects the source for z-buffering comparisons
ZSPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex symmetric packed matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by ZSPTRF
ZSPRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZSPSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZSPSVX (3S) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric matrix stored in packed format and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
ZSPTRF (3S) - compute the factorization of a complex symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZSPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex symmetric indefinite matrix A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by ZSPTRF
ZSPTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by ZSPTRF
ZSQRT (3F) - Fortran COMPLEX*16 square root intrinsic function
ZSTEDC (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the divide and conquer method
ZSTEGR (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T
ZSTEIN (3S) - compute the eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T corresponding to specified eigenvalues, using inverse iteration
ZSTEQR (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the implicit QL or QR method
ZSYCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by ZSYTRF
ZSYRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZSYSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZSYSVX (3S) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZSYTF2 (3S) - compute the factorization of a complex symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZSYTRF (3S) - compute the factorization of a complex symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZSYTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex symmetric indefinite matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by ZSYTRF
ZSYTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by ZSYTRF
ZTBCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
ZTBRFS (3S) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular band coefficient matrix
ZTBTRS (3S) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ZTGEVC (3S) - compute some or all of the right and/or left generalized eigenvectors of a pair of complex upper triangular matrices (A,B)
ZTGEX2 (3S) - swap adjacent diagonal 1 by 1 blocks (A11,B11) and (A22,B22)
ZTGEXC (3S) - reorder the generalized Schur decomposition of a complex matrix pair (A,B), using an unitary equivalence transformation (A, B) := Q * (A, B) * Z', so that the diagonal block of (A, B) with row index IFST is moved to row ILST
ZTGSEN (3S) - reorder the generalized Schur decomposition of a complex matrix pair (A, B) (in terms of an unitary equivalence trans- formation Q' * (A, B) * Z), so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading diagonal blocks of the pair (A,B)
ZTGSJA (3S) - compute the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of two complex upper triangular (or trapezoidal) matrices A and B
ZTGSNA (3S) - estimate reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or eigenvectors of a matrix pair (A, B)
ZTGSY2 (3S) - solve the generalized Sylvester equation A * R - L * B = scale * C (1) D * R (3S) - L * E = scale * F using Level 1 and 2 BLAS, where R and L are unknown M-by-N matrices,
ZTGSYL (3S) - solve the generalized Sylvester equation
ZTPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a packed triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
ZTPRFS (3S) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular packed coefficient matrix
ZTPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex upper or lower triangular matrix A stored in packed format
ZTPTRS (3S) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ZTRCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
ZTREVC (3S) - compute some or all of the right and/or left eigenvectors of a complex upper triangular matrix T
ZTREXC (3S) - reorder the Schur factorization of a complex matrix A = Q*T*Q**H, so that the diagonal element of T with row index IFST is moved to row ILST
ZTRID (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A*x = b, where A is an N-by-N tridiagonal matrix, and x and b are vectors of length N
ZTRRFS (3S) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular coefficient matrix
ZTRSEN (3S) - reorder the Schur factorization of a complex matrix A = Q*T*Q**H, so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading positions on the diagonal of the upper triangular matrix T, and the leading columns of Q form an orthonormal basis of the corresponding right invariant subspace
ZTRSNA (3S) - estimate reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or right eigenvectors of a complex upper triangular matrix T (or of any matrix Q*T*Q**H with Q unitary)
ZTRSYL (3S) - solve the complex Sylvester matrix equation
ZTRTI2 (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex upper or lower triangular matrix
ZTRTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex upper or lower triangular matrix A
ZTRTRS (3S) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ZTZRQF (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine ZTZRZF
ZTZRZF (3S) - reduce the M-by-N ( M<=N ) complex upper trapezoidal matrix A to upper triangular form by means of unitary transformations
ZUNG2L (3S) - generate an m by n complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
ZUNG2R (3S) - generate an m by n complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
ZUNGBR (3S) - generate one of the complex unitary matrices Q or P**H determined by ZGEBRD when reducing a complex matrix A to bidiagonal form
ZUNGHR (3S) - generate a complex unitary matrix Q which is defined as the product of IHI-ILO elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by ZGEHRD
ZUNGL2 (3S) - generate an m-by-n complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
ZUNGLQ (3S) - generate an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
ZUNGQL (3S) - generate an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
ZUNGQR (3S) - generate an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
ZUNGR2 (3S) - generate an m by n complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
ZUNGRQ (3S) - generate an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
ZUNGTR (3S) - generate a complex unitary matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by ZHETRD
ZUNM2L (3S) - overwrite the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
ZUNM2R (3S) - overwrite the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
ZUNMBR (3S) - VECT = 'Q', ZUNMBR overwrites the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
ZUNMHR (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
ZUNML2 (3S) - overwrite the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
ZUNMLQ (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
ZUNMQL (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
ZUNMQR (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
ZUNMR2 (3S) - overwrite the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
ZUNMR3 (3S) - overwrite the general complex m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
ZUNMRQ (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
ZUNMRZ (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
ZUNMTR (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
ZUPGTR (3S) - generate a complex unitary matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors H(i) of order n, as returned by ZHPTRD using packed storage
ZUPMTR (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
zwrite (3G) - specifies a write mask for the z-buffer of the current framebuffer
zwritemask (3G) - specifies a write mask for the z-buffer of the current framebuffer
_daemonize (3) - make a process into a daemon
_dshiftl, DSHIFTL (3I) - Performs a double-object left shift
_dshiftr, DSHIFTR (3I) - Performs a double-object right shift
_getpty, mkpts (3) - get a PTY or Pseudo-TTY
_int_mult_upper, INT_MULT_UPPER (3I) - Multiplies integers and returns the uppermost bits
_leadz, LEADZ (3I) - Counts number of leading 0 bits
